Quarterlytics / Healthcare / Medical - Devices / Pressure BioSciences, Inc.

Pressure BioSciences, Inc.

pbio · NASDAQ Healthcare
Claim this profile
Ticker pbio
Exchange NASDAQ
Sector Healthcare
Industry Medical - Devices
Employees 11-50
← All annual reports
FY2016 Annual Report · Pressure BioSciences, Inc.
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549

Form 10-K

(Mark One)

[X] Annual Report Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2016 or

[  ] Transition Report Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

For the transition period from __________________ to __________________

Commission file number 000-21615

PRESSURE BIOSCIENCES, INC.
(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in its Charter)

Massachusetts
(State or Other Jurisdiction of
Incorporation or Organization)

14 Norfolk Avenue
South Easton, Massachusetts
(Address of Principal Executive Offices)

(508) 230-1828
(Registrant’s Telephone Number, Including Area Code)

04-2652826
(I.R.S. Employer 
Identification No.)

02375
(Zip Code)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of Each Class
None

Name of Each Exchange on Which Registered
None

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

(Title of Class)
Common Stock, par value $.01 per share
Preferred Share Purchase Rights

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.
Yes [  ] No [X]

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Act.
Yes [  ] No [X]

Indicate  by  check  mark  whether  the  registrant:  (1)  has  filed  all  reports  required  to  be  filed  by  Section  13  or  15(d)  of  the  Securities
Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and
(2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.

Yes [X] No [  ]

Indicate  by  check  mark  whether  the  registrant  has  submitted  electronically  and  posted  on  its  corporate  web  site,  if  any,  every
Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for
such shorter period that registrant was required to submit and post such files.

Yes [X] No [  ]

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not
be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of
this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. [  ]

Indicate  by  check  mark  whether  the  registrant  is  a  large  accelerated  filer,  an  accelerated  filer,  a  non-accelerated  filer,  or  a  smaller
reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the
Exchange Act. (Check one):

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Large accelerated filer [  ]
Non-accelerated filer [  ]
(Do not check if smaller reporting company)

Accelerated filer [  ]
Smaller reporting company [X]

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes [ ] No [X]

The aggregate market value of the voting and non-voting common stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant as of June 30, 2016 was
$10,076,490  based  on  the  closing  price  of  $0.38  per  share  of  Pressure  BioSciences,  Inc.  common  stock  as  quoted  on  the  OTCQB
Marketplace on that date.

As of March 17, 2017, there were 31,639,839 shares of the registrant’s common stock outstanding.

Documents Incorporated by Reference

N/A.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TABLE OF CONTENTS

PART I

ITEM 1. BUSINESS.

ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS.

ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS.

ITEM 2. PROPERTIES.

ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS.

ITEM 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES

- 4 -

- 21 -

- 32 -

- 32 -

- 32 -

- 32 -

ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS, AND ISSUER

- 33 -

PART II

PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES.

ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA.

ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF

OPERATION.

ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK.

ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA.

ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL

DISCLOSURE.

ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES.

ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION.

ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE.

ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION.

PART III

ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED

STOCKHOLDER MATTERS.

ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS; AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE.

ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES

ITEM 15. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES.

- 2 -

PART IV

- 34 -

- 35 -

- 45 -

- 46 -

- 81 -

- 81 -

- 82 -

- 83 -

- 87 -

- 91 -

- 93 -

- 93 -

- 94 -

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Throughout this Annual Report on Form 10-K, the terms “we,” “us,” “our,” “the Company,” “our Company,” and “PBI,” refer to
Pressure  BioSciences,  Inc.,  a  Massachusetts  corporation,  and  unless  the  context  indicates  otherwise,  also  includes  our  wholly-owned
subsidiary.

Introductory Comment

PART I

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This Annual Report on Form 10-K contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of
1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”) and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”). In
some  cases,  forward-looking  statements  are  identified  by  terms  such  as  “may,”  “will,”  “should,”  “could,”  “would,”  “expects,”  “plans,”
“anticipates,”  “believes,”  “estimates,”  “projects,”  “predicts,”  “potential”  and  similar  expressions  intended  to  identify  forward-looking
statements. Such statements include, without limitation, statements regarding:

● our need for, and our ability to raise, additional equity or debt financing on acceptable terms, if at all;
● our need  to  take  additional  cost  reduction  measures,  cease  operations  or  sell  our  operating  assets,  if  we  are  unable  to  obtain

sufficient additional financing;

● our belief that we will have sufficient liquidity to finance normal operations for the foreseeable future;
● the options we may pursue in light of our financial condition;
● the amount of cash necessary to operate our business;
● the anticipated uses of grant revenue and the potential for increased grant revenue in future periods;
● our plans and expectations with respect to our continued operations;
● the expected  increase  in  the  number  of  pressure  cycling  technology  (“PCT”)  and  constant  pressure  (“CP”) based  units  that  we
believe will be installed and the expected increase in revenues from the sale of consumable products and extended service contracts;

● our belief that PCT has achieved initial market acceptance in the mass spectrometry and other markets;
● the expected development and success of new instrument and consumables product offerings;
● the potential applications for our instrument and consumables product offerings;
● the expected expenses of, and benefits and results from, our research and development efforts;
● the expected benefits and results from our collaboration programs, strategic alliances and joint ventures;
● our expectation of obtaining additional research grants from the government in the future;
● our expectations of the results of our development activities funded by government research grants;
● the potential size of the market for biological sample preparation;
● general economic conditions;
● the anticipated future financial performance and business operations of our company;
● our reasons for focusing our resources in the market for genomic, proteomic, lipidomic and small molecule sample preparation;
● the importance of mass spectrometry as a laboratory tool;
● the advantages  of  PCT  over  other  current  technologies  as  a  method  of  biological  sample  preparation  in  biomarker  discovery,

forensics, and histology, as well as for other applications;

● the capabilities and benefits of our PCT sample preparation system, consumables and other products;
● our belief  that  laboratory  scientists  will  achieve  results  comparable  with  those  reported  to  date  by  certain  research  scientists who

have published or presented publicly on PCT and our other products;

● our ability to retain our core group of scientific, administrative and sales personnel; and
● our ability to expand our customer base in sample preparation and for other applications of PCT and our other products.

These forward-looking statements are only predictions and involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that may
cause our actual results, levels of activity, performance or achievements to be materially different from any future results, levels of activity,
performance or achievements, expressed or implied, by such forward-looking statements. Also, these forward-looking statements represent
our estimates and assumptions only as of the date of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Except as otherwise required by law, we expressly
disclaim  any  obligation  or  undertaking  to  release  publicly  any  updates  or  revisions  to  any  forward-looking  statement  contained  in  this
Annual Report on Form 10-K to reflect any change in our expectations or any change in events, conditions or circumstances on which any
of our forward-looking statements are based. Factors that could cause or contribute to differences in our future financial and other results
include  those  discussed  in  the  risk  factors  set  forth  in  Part  I,  Item  1A  of  this Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  as  well  as  those  discussed
elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. We qualify all of our forward-looking statements by these cautionary statements.

- 3 -

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ITEM 1. BUSINESS.

Throughout this document we use the following terms: Barocycler®, PULSE®, and BioSeq®, which are registered trademarks of the
Company.  We  also  use  the  terms  ProteoSolve TM,  ProteoSolveLRSTM,  the  Power  of  PCTTM,  the  PCT  ShredderTM,  HUB440TM,
HUB880TM, micro-PestleTM, PCT-HDTM, BarozymeTM and BaroFlexTM Strips, all of which are unregistered trademarks of the Company.

Overview

We are focused on solving the challenging problems inherent in biological sample preparation, a crucial laboratory step performed by
scientists worldwide working in biological life sciences research. Sample preparation is a term that refers to a wide range of activities that
precede most forms of scientific analysis. Sample preparation is often complex, time-consuming and, in our belief, one of the most error-
prone steps of scientific research. It is a widely-used laboratory undertaking – the requirements of which drive what we believe is a large
and  growing  worldwide  market.  We  have  developed  and  patented  a  novel,  enabling  technology  platform  that  can  control  the  sample
preparation process. It is based on harnessing the unique properties of high hydrostatic pressure. This process, which we refer to as Pressure
Cycling  Technology,  or  PCT,  uses  alternating  cycles  of  hydrostatic  pressure  between  ambient  and  ultra-high  levels  i.e.,  20,000  psi  or
greater  to  safely,  conveniently  and  reproducibly  control  the  actions  of  molecules  in  biological  samples,  such  as  cells  and  tissues  from
human, animal, plant and microbial sources.

PCT  is  an  enabling  platform  technology  based  on  a  physical  process  that  had  not  previously  been  used  to  control  bio-molecular
interactions.  PCT  uses  internally  developed  instrumentation  that  is  capable  of  cycling  pressure  between  ambient  and  ultra-high  levels  at
controlled  temperatures  and  specific  time  intervals,  to  rapidly  and  repeatedly  control  the  interactions  of  bio-molecules,  such  as  proteins,
DNA,  RNA,  lipids  and  small  molecules.  Our  laboratory  instrument  family,  the  Barocycler®,  and  our  internally  developed  consumables
product line, which include our unique MicroTubes, MicroCaps, MicroPestles, BaroFlex and PULSE® (Pressure Used to Lyse Samples for
Extraction) Tubes, and application specific kits (containing consumable products and reagents), together make up our PCT SPS.

In 2015, together with an investment bank, we formed a subsidiary called Pressure BioSciences Europe (“PBI Europe”) in Poland. We
have 49% ownership interest with the investment bank retaining 51%. Throughout 2016, PBI Europe did not have any operating activities
and  we  cannot  reasonably  predict  when  operations  will  commence.  Therefore,  we  don’t  have  control  of  the  subsidiary  and  did  not
consolidate them in our financial statements.

Patents

PBI has 14 United States granted patents and one foreign granted patent (Japan: 5587770, EXTRACTION AND PARTITIONING OF
MOLECULES)  covering  multiple  applications  of  PCT  in  the  life  sciences  field.  PBI  also  has  19  pending  patents  in  the  USA,  Canada,
Europe, Australia, China, Japan, and Taiwan. PCT employs a unique approach that we believe has the potential for broad use in a number
of established and emerging life sciences areas, which include, but are not limited to:

● biological sample preparation – including but not limited to sample extraction, homogenization, and digestion - in such study areas

as genomic, proteomic, lipidomic, metabolomic and small molecule;

● pathogen inactivation;

● protein purification;

● control of chemical reactions, particularly enzymatic; and

● immunodiagnostics.

We are also the exclusive distributor, throughout the Americas, for Constant Systems, Ltd,’s (“CS”) cell disruption equipment, parts,
and  consumables.  CS,  a  British  company  located  several  hours  northwest  of  London,  England,  has  been  providing  niche  biomedical
equipment,  related  consumable  products,  and  services  to  a  global  client  base  since  1989.  CS  designs,  develops,  and  manufactures  high
pressure  cell  disruption  equipment  required  by  life  sciences  laboratories  worldwide,  particularly  disruption  systems  for  the  extraction  of
proteins.  The  CS  equipment  provides  a  constant  and  controlled  cell  disruptive  environment,  giving  the  user  superior,  constant,  and
reproducible  results  whatever  the  application.  CS  has  over  900  units  installed  in  over  40  countries  worldwide.  The  CS  cell  disruption
equipment  has  proven  performance  in  the  extraction  of  cellular  components,  such  as  protein  from  yeast,  bacteria,  mammalian  cells,  and
other sample types.

- 4 -

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The  CS  pressure-based  cell  disruption  equipment  and  our  PCT-based  instrumentation  complement  each  other  in  several  important
ways. While both the CS and our technologies are based on high pressure, each product line has fundamental scientific capabilities that the
other  does  not  offer.  Our  PCT  Platform  uses  certain  patented  pressure  mechanisms  to  achieve  small-scale,  molecular  level  effects.  CS’s
technology  uses  different,  proprietary  pressure  mechanisms  for  larger-scale,  non-molecular  level  processing.  In  a  number  of  routine
laboratory applications, such as protein extraction, both effects can be critical to success. Therefore, for protein extraction and a number of
other important scientific applications, we believe laboratories will benefit by using the CS and our products, either separately or together.

Primary Fields of Use and Application for PCT

Sample  preparation  is  widely  regarded  as  a  significant  impediment  to  research  and  discovery  and  sample  extraction  is  generally
regarded  as  one  of  the  key  parts  of  sample  preparation.  The  process  of  preparing  samples  for  genomic,  proteomic,  lipidomic,  and  small
molecule studies includes a crucial step called sample extraction or sample disruption. This is the process of extracting biomolecules such
as nucleic acid i.e., DNA and/or RNA, as well as proteins, lipids, or small molecules from the plant or animal cells and tissues that are
being studied. Our current commercialization efforts are based upon our belief that pressure cycling technology provides a superior solution
for  sample  extraction  when  compared  to  other  available  technologies  or  procedures  and  thus  might  significantly  improve  the  quality  of
sample preparation, and thus the quality of the test result.

Within the broad field of biological sample preparation, in particular sample extraction, we focus the majority of our PCT and constant
pressure (“CP”) product development efforts in three specific areas: biomarker discovery (primarily through mass spectrometric analysis),
forensics and histology. We believe that our existing PCT and CP-based instrumentation and related consumable products fill an important
and  growing  need  in  the  sample  preparation  market  for  the  safe,  rapid,  versatile,  reproducible  and  quality  extraction  of  nucleic  acids,
proteins, lipids, and small molecules from a wide variety of plant, animal, and microbiological cells and tissues.

Biomarker Discovery - Mass Spectrometry

A biomarker is any substance (e.g., protein, DNA) that can be used as an indicator of the presence or absence of a particular disease-
state  or  condition,  and/or  to  measure  the  progression  and  effects  of  therapy.  Biomarkers  can  help  in  the  diagnosis,  prognosis,  therapy,
prevention, surveillance, control, and cure of diseases and medical conditions.

A mass spectrometer is a laboratory instrument used in the analysis of biological samples, often focused on proteins, in life sciences
research.  It  is  frequently  used  to  help  discover  biomarkers. According  to  a  recently  published  market  report  by  Transparency  Market
Research, “Spectrometry Market (Atomic, Molecular and Mass Spectrometry) - Global Scenario, Trends, Industry Analysis, Size, Share &
Forecast 2011 – 2017,” the global spectrometry market was worth $10.2 billion in 2011 and is expected to reach $15.2 billion in 2017,
growing  at  a  compound  annual  growth  rate  of  6.9%  from  2011  to  2017.  In  the  overall  global  market,  the  North American  market  is
expected to maintain its lead position in terms of revenue until 2017 and is expected to have approximately 36.2% of the market revenue
share  in  2017,  followed  next  by  Europe.  We  believe  PCT  and  CP-based  products  offer  significant  advantages  in  speed  and  quality
compared with current techniques used in the preparation of samples for mass spectrometry analysis.

Forensics

The detection of DNA has become a part of the analysis of forensic samples by laboratories and criminal justice agencies worldwide in
their efforts to identify the perpetrators of violent crimes and missing persons. Scientists from the University of North Texas and Florida
International  University  have  reported  improvements  in  DNA  yield  from  forensic  samples  (e.g.,  bone  and  hair)  when  using  the  PCT
platform in the sample preparation process. We believe that PCT may be capable of differentially extracting DNA from sperm cells and
female epithelial cells captured in swabs collected from rape victims and subsequently stored in rape kits. We also believe that there are
many completed rape kits that remain untested for reasons such as cost, time and quality of results. We further believe that the ability to
differentially extract DNA from sperm and not epithelial cells could reduce the cost of such testing, while increasing the quality, safety and
speed of the testing process.

- 5 -

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Histology

The most commonly used technique worldwide for the preservation of cancer and other tissues for long-term storage and subsequent
pathology evaluation is to process them into formalin-fixed, paraffin-embedded (“FFPE”) samples. We believe that the quality and analysis
of  FFPE  tissues  is  highly  problematic,  and  that  PCT  offers  significant  advantages  over  current  processing  methods,  including
standardization, speed, biomolecule recovery, and safety.

Our  customers  include  researchers  at  academic  laboratories,  government  agencies,  biotechnology  companies,  pharmaceutical
companies  and  other  life  science  institutions  in  the  United  States,  Europe,  and  in  Asia.  Our  goal  is  to  continue  aggressive  market
penetration  in  these  target  groups.  We  also  believe  that  there  is  a  significant  opportunity  to  sell  and/or  lease  additional  Barocycler®
instrumentation to additional laboratories at current customer institutions.

If we are successful in commercializing PCT in applications beyond our current focus area of genomic, proteomic, lipidomic, and small
molecule sample preparation, and if we are successful in our attempts to attract additional capital, our potential customer base could expand
to include hospitals, reference laboratories, pharmaceutical manufacturing plants and other sites involved in each specific application. If we
are  successful  in  forensics,  our  potential  customers  could  be  forensic  laboratories,  military  and  other  government  agencies.  If  we  are
successful  in  histology  (extraction  of  biomolecules  from  FFPE  tissues),  our  potential  customers  could  be  pharmaceutical  companies,
hospitals, and laboratories focused on drug discovery or correlation of disease states.

Developments

We reported a number of accomplishments in 2016:

On January 12, 2016 SCIEX, a global leader in life science analytical technologies (Framingham, MA) and a wholly-owned subsidiary of
the  Danaher  Corporation  (NYSE:  DHR),  announced  an  exclusive  co-marketing  agreement  with  us  to  improve  protein  quantification  in
complex samples.

- 6 -

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
On February 3, 2016 SCIEX and Children’s Medical Research Institute (Sydney, Australia) announced they had joined forces to advance
the  promise  of  precision  medicine.  The  partners  stated  they  would  benefit  from  SCIEX’s  exclusive  collaborators,  including  Pressure
BioSciences, and our PCT platform for increased protein quantitation and reproducibility.

On March 31, 2016, in connection with the seventh and final closing (the “Final Closing”) of a private placement debt financing pursuant
to the Subscription Agreements, dated as of January, 11, 2016, January 20, 2016, January 29, 2016, February 26, 2016, March 10, 2016,
March  17,  2016,  March  24,  2016  and  March  31,  2016  by  and  among  us  and  various  individuals  (each,  a  “Purchaser”  and  together
“Purchasers”),  including  all  five  members  of  our  Board  of  Directors,  we  sold  and  issued  to  the  Purchasers  Senior  Secured  Convertible
Debentures (the “Debentures”) and warrants to purchase shares of common stock equal to 50% of the number of shares issuable pursuant to
the  subscription  amount  (the  “Warrants”)  for  an  aggregate  purchase  price  of  $1,419,549  (the  “Purchase Price”)  for  the  Final  Closing,
bringing the total raised in the Offering to $6,329,549. For the Final Closing, we netted $1,304,049 in cash after taking into account fees
related  to  the  offering.  Of  this  amount,  an  aggregate  of  $164,549  was  invested  by  the  five  members  of  our  Board  of  Directors.  For  the
entire  private  placement  offering,  we  netted  an  aggregate  of  $5,101,049  in  cash  in  the  aggregate  after  subtracting  $568,000  in  fees  and
$660,000 in debt conversions into this private placement.

On  July  13,  2016,  we  announced  the  unveiling  of  the  newest  addition  to  our  product  line  based  on  our  powerful  PCT  platform,  the
2320EXTREME  (2320EXT”).  The  product  unveiling  took  place  during  the  annual  conference  of  the  American  Society  for  Mass
Spectrometry (“ASMS”) in San Antonio, Texas.

On July 21, 2016, we announced the initial shipment of our 2320EXT instrument to an Australian cancer research group (ProCan) named
by the White House as a collaborator in the U.S.’s “Cancer Moonshot” initiative.

On October 28, 2016, an accredited investor (the “Investor”) purchased from us a promissory note in the aggregate principal amount of up
to $2,000,000 (the “Revolving Note”) due and payable on the earlier of October 28, 2017 (the “Maturity Date”) or on the seventh business
day after the closing of a Qualified Offering (as defined in the Revolving Note). Although the Revolving Note is dated October 26, 2016,
the transaction did not close until October 28, 2016, when we received its initial $250,000 advance pursuant to the Revolving Note. As a
result,  on  the  same  day  and  pursuant  to  the  Revolving  Note,  we  issued  to  the  Investor  a  Common  Stock  Purchase  Warrant  to  purchase
625,000 shares of our common stock at an exercise price per share equal to $0.40 per share. The Investor is obligated to provide us with
advances of $250,000 under the Revolving Note, but the Investor shall not be required to advance more than $250,000 in any individual
fifteen  (15)  day  period  and  no  more  than  $500,000  in  the  thirty  (30)  day  period  immediately  following  the  date  of  the  initial  advance.
Notwithstanding the fifteen (15) day period limitation, on November 2, 2016, November 23, 2016, December 6, 2016, and December 16,
2016,  we  received  $1,000,000  pursuant  to  the  Revolving  Note  and  we  issued  to  the  Investor  additional  warrants  to  purchase  a  total  of
2,500,000  shares  of  our  common  stock  at  $0.40  per  share  (each  warrant  gives  the  Investor  the  right  to  purchase  625,000  shares  of  our
common  stock.  The  terms  of  the  Warrants  are  identical  except  for  the  exercise  date,  issue  date,  and  termination  date.  Interest  on  the
principal balance of the Revolving Note shall be paid in full on the Maturity Date, unless otherwise paid prior to the Maturity Date.

- 7 -

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Liquidity

Management  has  developed  a  plan  to  continue  operations.  This  plan  includes  controlling  expenses,  streamlining  operations,  and
obtaining capital through equity and/or debt financing. We have been successful in raising cash through debt and equity offerings in the
past and as described in this annual report. We issued a promissory note in the aggregate principal amount of up to $2,000,000 in October
2016  that  we  can  draw  funds  from,  and,  through  March  1,  2017,  we  have  drawn  down  the  entire  $2  million  ($750,000  subsequent  to
December 31, 2016). We have efforts in place to continue to raise cash through debt and equity offerings.

Although we have successfully completed equity financings and reduced expenses in the past, we cannot assure our investors that our
plans to address these matters in the future will be successful. Additional financing may not be available to us on a timely basis or on terms
acceptable to us, if at all. In the event we are unable to raise sufficient funds on terms acceptable to us, we may be required to:

● severely limit  or  cease  our  operations  or  otherwise  reduce  planned  expenditures  and  forego  other  business  opportunities,  which
could harm our business. The accompanying financial statements do not include adjustments that may be required in the event of
the disposal of assets or the discontinuation of the business;

● obtain financing with terms that may have the effect of diluting or adversely affecting the holdings or the rights of the holders of our

capital stock; or

● obtain funds through arrangements with future collaboration partners or others that may require us to relinquish rights to some or all

of our technologies or products.

Corporate Information

We  were  incorporated  in  the  Commonwealth  of  Massachusetts  in August  1978  as  Boston  Biomedica,  Inc.  In  September  2004,  we
completed the sale of Boston Biomedica’s core business units and began to focus exclusively on the development and commercialization of
the  PCT  platform.  Following  this  change  in  business  strategy,  we  changed  our  legal  name  from  Boston  Biomedica,  Inc.  to  Pressure
BioSciences, Inc. We began operations as PBI in February 2005, research and development activities in April 2006, early marketing and
selling activities of our Barocycler® instruments in late 2007, and active marketing and selling of our PCT-based instrument platform in
2012.

Available Information

Our Internet website address is http://www.pressurebiosciences.com. Through our website, we make available, free of charge, reports
we file with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”),  which  include,  but  are  not  limited  to,  our  annual  report  on  Form  10-K,
quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K and any and all amendments to such reports, as soon as reasonably practicable
after  we  electronically  file  such  material  with,  or  furnish  it  to,  the  SEC.  These  SEC  reports  can  be  also  accessed  through  the  investor
relations section of our website. The information found on our website is not part of this or any other report we file with or furnish to the
SEC.

You may read and copy any materials we file with the SEC at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, NE, Washington, DC
20549. You may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC also
maintains an Internet website that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding Pressure BioSciences
and other issuers that file electronically with the SEC. The SEC’s Internet website address is http://www.sec.gov.

- 8 -

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Sample Preparation for Genomic, Proteomic, Lipidomic and Small Molecule Studies

The Market

Since  February  2005,  we  have  focused  substantially  all  of  our  research  and  development  and  commercialization  efforts  on  sample
preparation for genomic, proteomic, lipidomic, and small molecule studies. This market is comprised of academic and government research
institutions, biotechnology and pharmaceutical companies, and other public and private laboratories that are engaged in studying genomic,
proteomic and small molecule material within plant and animal cells and tissues. We elected to initially focus our resources in the market of
genomic, proteomic and small molecule sample preparation because we believe it is an area that:

● is a rapidly growing market;

● has a large and immediate need for better technology;

● is comprised mostly of research laboratories, which are subject to minimal governmental regulation;

● is the least technically challenging application for the development of our products;

● is compatible with our technical core competency; and

● we currently have strong patent protection.

We believe that our existing PCT and CP-based instrumentation and related consumable products fill an important and growing need in
the  sample  preparation  market  for  the  safe,  rapid,  versatile,  reproducible  and  quality  extraction  of  nucleic  acids,  proteins  and  small
molecules from a wide variety of plant and animal cells and tissues.

Biomarker Discovery - Mass Spectrometry

A biomarker is any substance (e.g., protein, DNA) that can be used as an indicator of the presence or absence of a particular disease-
state  or  condition,  and  to  measure  the  progression  and  effects  of  therapy.  Biomarkers  can  help  in  the  diagnosis,  prognosis,  therapy,
prevention, surveillance, control, and cure of diseases and medical conditions.

A mass spectrometer is a laboratory instrument used in the analysis of biological samples, often focused on proteins, in life sciences
research.  It  is  frequently  used  to  help  discover  biomarkers. According  to  a  recently  published  market  report  by  Transparency  Market
Research, “Spectrometry Market (Atomic, Molecular and Mass Spectrometry) - Global Scenario, Trends, Industry Analysis, Size, Share &
Forecast 2011 – 2017,” the global spectrometry market was worth $10.2 billion in 2011 and is expected to reach $15.2 billion in 2017,
growing  at  a  compound  annual  growth  rate  of  6.9%  from  2011  to  2017.  In  the  overall  global  market,  the  North American  market  is
expected to maintain its lead position in terms of revenue until 2017 and is expected to have approximately 36.2% of the market revenue
share in 2017, followed by Europe. We believe PCT and CP-based products offer significant advantages in speed and quality compared
with current techniques used in the preparation of samples for mass spectrometry analysis.

Our plan is to focus primarily on the application of PCT-enhanced protein extraction and CP-based digestion for the mass spectrometry
market and the advantages of PCT and CP in this market, and on the use of PCT and CP in biomarker discovery, soil and plant biology,
counter bio-terrorism and tissue pathology applications.

Forensics

The detection of DNA has become a part of the analysis of forensic samples by laboratories and criminal justice agencies worldwide in
their efforts to identify the perpetrators of violent crimes and missing persons. Scientists from the University of North Texas and Florida
International University have reported improvements in DNA yield from forensic samples (e.g., bone and hair) using PCT in the sample
preparation process. We believe that PCT may be capable of differentially extracting DNA from sperm cells and female epithelial cells in
swabs collected from rape victims and stored in rape kits. We also believe that there are many completed rape kits that remain untested for
reasons  such  as  cost,  time  and  quality  of  results.  We  further  believe  that  the  ability  to  differentially  extract  DNA  from  sperm  and  not
epithelial cells could reduce the cost of such testing, while increasing the quality, safety and speed of the testing process.

- 9 -

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Histology

The most commonly used technique worldwide for the preservation of cancer and other tissues for subsequent pathology evaluation is
formalin-fixation followed by paraffin-embedding, or FFPE. We believe that the quality and analysis of FFPE tissues is highly problematic,
and that PCT offers significant advantages over current processing methods, including standardization, speed, biomolecule recovery, and
safety.

Sample Extraction Process

The process of preparing samples for genomic, proteomic and small molecule studies includes a crucial step called sample extraction
or sample disruption. This is the process of extracting nucleic acid i.e., DNA and/or RNA, proteins or small molecules from the plant or
animal cells and tissues that are being studied. Sample preparation is widely regarded as a significant impediment to research and discovery
and sample extraction is generally regarded as one of the key parts of sample preparation. Our current commercialization efforts are based
upon  our  belief  that  pressure  cycling  technology  provides  a  superior  solution  to  sample  extraction  compared  with  other  available
technologies or procedures and can thus significantly improve the quality of sample preparation, and thus the quality of the test result.

Company Products

We believe our PCT and CP products allow researchers to improve scientific research studies in the life sciences field. Our products
are developed with the expectation of meeting or exceeding the needs of research scientists while enhancing the safety, speed and quality
that is available to them with existing sample preparation methods.

Barocycler® Instrumentation

Our Barocycler® product line consists of laboratory instrumentation that subjects a sample to cycles of pressure from ambient to ultra-

high levels (20,000 psi or greater) and then back to ambient, in a precisely controlled manner.

Our instruments (the 2320EXT, the Barozyme-HT48, the Barocycler® NEP3229, the HUB440 and the HUB880) use cycles of high,
hydrostatic pressure to quickly and efficiently break up the cellular structures of a specimen to release proteins, nucleic acids, lipids and
small  molecules  from  the  specimen  into  our  consumable  processing  tubes,  referred  to  as  our  PULSE®  Tubes  and  MicroTubes.  Our
instruments have temperature control options (on-board heating or chilling via internal heating jacket or external circulating water-bath),
automatic  fill  and  dispensing  valves,  and  an  integrated  micro-processor  keypad  or  a  laptop  computer.  The  microprocessor  or  laptop
computer  are  capable  of  saving  specific  PCT  protocols,  so  the  researcher  can  achieve  maximum  reproducibility  for  the  preparation  of
nucleic  acids,  proteins,  lipids,  or  small  molecules  from  various  biological  samples.  Our  Barocycler®  instruments  and  our  consumable
products make up our PCT Sample Preparation System.

Barocycler® 2320EXT - The Barocycler® 2320EXT weighs approximately 80lbs, has a maximum pressure of 45,000 psi, and can process
either up to 16 MicroTubes simultaneously or one PULSE® Tube. The working temperature range is 4 – 95ºC and is controlled via an on-
board electric heating jacket or external circulating water bath. All tests are entered and recorded on a touch screen interface. Information
from each test run (pressure profile, cycle number, and temperature) is recorded and can be stored on the instrument, on a USB drive, or
networked into the user’s lab. Pressure profiles can be manipulated in a number of ways, including static high pressure holds and pressure
ramp  programs.  The  Barocycler®  2320EXT  is  pneumatic,  and  requires  an  input  air  source  of  only  100psi  to  reach  and  cycle  at  high
pressure.

- 10 -

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The Barocycler® 2320EXT was developed to support the PCT-HD/PCT-SWATH application. PCT-HD enables faster, less cumbersome
and  higher  quality  processing  of  biopsy  tissues.  With  homogenization,  extraction,  and  digestion  of  proteins  occurring  in  a  single  PCT
MicroTube under high pressure, this protocol can yield analytical results in under four hours from the start of tissue processing. PCT-HD
was  developed  by  our  scientists  and  engineers  in  collaboration  with  Professor  Ruedi Aebersold  and  Dr.  Tiannan  Guo  of  the  Institute  of
Molecular Systems Biology, ETH Zurich, and the University of Zurich, both in Zurich, Switzerland. Drs. Aebersold and Guo combined
PCT-HD with SCIEX’s SWATH-Mass Spectrometry – calling the resulting method “PCT-SWATH”.

Barocycler® NEP3229 – The Barocycler® NEP3229 contains two units – a user interface and a power source – comprised primarily of a
1.5 horsepower motor and pump assembly (hydraulic). Combined, the two components of the NEP3229 weigh approximately 350 pounds.
The Barocycler® NEP3229 is capable of processing up to three samples simultaneously using our specially designed, single-use PULSE®
Tubes and up to 48 samples simultaneously using our specially-designed MicroTubes.

Barozyme  HT48  -  The  Barozyme  HT48  is  a  high  throughput,  bench-top  instrument  designed  for  accelerated  enzymatic  digestion  of
proteins at high pressure. A typical protein digestion time using the enzyme trypsin (a common yet important laboratory procedure) can be
reduced from often requiring an overnight incubation to achieve completion, to under one hour when the digestion procedure is carried out
with PCT. The Barozyme HT48 uses an air-pressure-to-liquid-pressure proprietary intensifier system, with a pressure amplification ratio of
160:1, to reach an output pressure of 20,000 psi. The Barozyme HT48 is capable of processing up to 48 samples at a time in six single-use
BaroFlex 8-well Strips in the Barozyme Sample Carrier.

Barocycler® HUB440 –We believe the Barocycler® HUB440 is the first portable, ready to use, “plug-and-play” high pressure generator
for the laboratory bench. The Barocycler® HUB440 is capable of creating and controlling hydrostatic pressure from 500 psi to 58,000 psi.
It  is  computer  controlled  and  runs  on  software  that  was  specially-written  by  us  in  LabVIEW  (software  from  National  Instruments
Corporation). We own the rights and have a license to use the specialty LabVIEW software. We believe that over the coming years, the
Barocycler® HUB440 may become the main instrument in our pressure-based instrument line.

Barocycler® HUB880 - The Barocycler® HUB880 is one of our new instruments; it is expected to be available for sale during 2017. It is a
compact,  portable,  bench-top,  ultra-high  pressure  generator  that  uses  an  air  pressure-to-liquid  pressure  intensifier  allowing  the  user  to
generate fluid pressure as high as 100,000 psi with input air pressure of just 126 psi. The HUB880 can be operated through a simple front
panel  or  controlled  using  an  optional  external  Data Acquisition  and  Control  Module  for  dynamic  pressure  control.  We  believe  that  the
HUB880 will be well accepted by scientists that need to achieve super high pressure, such as those working in the food safety and vaccine
industries.

The Shredder SG3 –The Shredder SG3 is a low shear mechanical homogenization system for use with tough, fibrous and other difficult-to-
disrupt  tissues  and  organisms.  The  Shredder  SG3  System  uses  a  variety  of  Shredder  PULSE®  Tubes  to  directly  and  rapidly  grind  a
biological sample which, when combined with selected buffers, can provide effective extraction of proteins, DNA, RNA, lipids and small
molecules  from  tissues  and  organisms.  The  Shredder  SG3  is  also  used  to  isolate  intact  and  functional  mitochondria  from  tissues.  The
Shredder SG3 features a three position force setting lever, which enables the operator to select and apply reproducible force to the sample
during the shredding process and eliminates the need for the operator to exert force for long periods when processing one or more samples.

Barocycler® Consumable Products

PCT MicroTubes – PCT MicroTubes are made from a unique fluoropolymer, fluorinated ethylene propylene (FEP). FEP is highly inert and
retains its integrity within an extremely wide temperature range (-200oC to +100oC). MicroTubes hold a maximum total volume of 150
microliters. PCT MicroTubes must be used with either PCT-MicroCaps or PCT-MicroPestles.

PCT-MicroCaps  – PCT  MicroCaps  are  made  from  polytetraflouroethylene  (PTFE).  The  PCT  MicroCaps  are  available  in  three  sizes  to
accommodate total sample volume: 50, 100 and 150uL. 50uL MicroCaps are used with samples ≤50uL, 100uL MicroCaps are used with
samples between 50-100uL, and 150uL MicroCaps are used with samples between 100-150uL.

- 11 -

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PCT-Micro-Pestle -  PCT  μPestles  are  made  from  Polytetrafluoroethylene  (PTFE),  a  synthetic  fluoropolymer  of  tetrafluoroethylene,  also
known as Teflon (by DuPont Co). PTFE is practically inert; the only chemicals known to affect it are certain alkali metals and most highly-
reactive fluorinating agents. PCT μPestles, in conjunction with PCT MicroTubes, are designed to enhance the extraction of proteins, lipids,
DNA, RNA and small molecules from minute amounts (0.5 – 3.0 mg) of solid tissue in extraction reagent volumes as low as 20-30 μL. PCT
MicroTubes and PCT μPestles use PCT to effectively disrupt soft tissues and lyse their cells. As a result, the tissue sample trapped between
the MicroTube end and the μPestles tip is crushed on every pressure cycle. This mechanical action, combined with the extraction ability of
the buffer under high pressure, results in highly effective tissue homogenization and extraction.

PCT μPestles and PCT MicroTubes, together with a PBI Barocycler®, comprise the PCT Micro-Pestle System, which provides a fast, safe,
and efficient means of extraction from extremely small amounts of solid samples such as soft animal tissues or biopsies. The PCT μPestle
System can be used in any PBI Barocycler®.

BaroFlex 8-well Processing Strips - BaroFlex 8-well Strips are used in the Barozyme HT48 (for pressure-enhanced enzymatic digestion at
20,000  psi).  BaroFlex  8-well  Strips  are  made  of  special  high  density  polyethylene  (HDPE)  and  hold  up  to  140µl  when  capped  with  the
BaroFlex Cap Strips or Mats. BaroFlex 8-Cap Strips and BaroFlex 24-Cap Mats are made of silicone. These single-use caps are designed to
seal  BaroFlex  8-well  Strips  tightly  and  to  prevent  fluid  exchange  between  the  sample  and  the  Barozyme  chamber  fluid  during  pressure
cycling. The silicone caps are available as strips of eight, or mats of 24 caps.

We believe our development of these various consumable products has helped, and will continue to help, drive the adoption of PCT within
the life sciences market.

Company Services

Government Grants and Contracts

We view federal agency grants to be an important part of our business plan. These types of grants allow us to bill the federal agency for
work  that  we  are  planning  to  perform  as  part  of  the  development  and  commercialization  of  our  technology.  We  generally  start  by
submitting initial grant requests that are in response to requests for proposals (“RFPs”) from the federal government through their Small
Business  Innovation  Research  (“SBIR”)  program.  Initial  (“SBIR  Phase  I”)  grants  are  meant  to  fund  approved  research  projects  for  six
months, and generally have budgets of approximately $100,000 to $150,000. Because our work in SBIR Phase I grants has been successful,
we have applied, and may in the future apply for larger National Institutes of Health (“NIH”) SBIR Phase II grants. Such larger grants are
typically for a two-year period and can offer as much as $1,000,000 to support significant research projects in areas we would otherwise
expect to support with internal funds should SBIR Phase II grants not be awarded. To date, we have been awarded five NIH SBIR Phase I
grants and three SBIR Phase II grants. The data on three of the NIH SBIR Phase I grants were the basis for the submission, and subsequent
award. Of the three NIH SBIR Phase II grants awarded to us: one was in the approximate amount of $845,000 in August 2008, the second
was in the approximate amount of $850,000 in September 2011, and the third award was in the approximate amount of $1,020,000 awarded
in November 2014. All five of the NIH SBIR Phase I grants and the August 2008 and September 2011, NIH SBIR Phase II grants have
been completed.

The 2008 SBIR Phase II grant (2R44GM079059) was awarded to us by the NIH for work in the area of using PCT to extract proteins,
sub-cellular  molecular  complexes,  and  organelles,  with  the  expectation  that  these  studies  might  ultimately  lead  to  the  release  of  a  new,
commercially  available  PCT-based  system,  with  validated  protocols,  end-user  kits,  and  other  consumables  intended  for  the  extraction  of
clinically important protein biomarkers, sub-cellular molecular complexes, and organelles from human and animal tissues. The 2011 SBIR
II contract (W81XWH-10-C-0-175) was awarded to us by the U.S. Army for the development of a universal method for the inactivation,
extraction, and enrichment of pathogens in diagnostic samples, including arthropod hosts of military importance. The work covered by this
grant  was  significant  in  helping  us  develop  the  Barozyme  HT48  High  Throughput  System.  The  2014  SBIR  Phase  II  grant
(2R44HG007136)  was  awarded  to  us  by  the  National  Human  Genome  Research  Institute  of  the  NIH.  Entitled  “High  Pressure  Sample
Preparation  Instrumentation  for  DNA  Sequencing”,  this  grant  allowed  us  to  develop  the  Barocycler  HUB880,  an  automated,  high-
throughput, high pressure system (instrument and consumables), to enable significantly better control of DNA fragmentation - a critical step
in the preparation of samples for Next Generation Sequencing platforms. This system was based on significant technological advancements
over  the  classic  hydrodynamic  DNA  shearing  approach  that  has  been  successfully  and  widely  used  in  the  field  of  DNA  sequencing  for
many years.

- 12 -

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Extended Service Contracts

We offer extended service contracts on our laboratory instrumentation to all of our customers. These service contracts allow a customer
who purchases a Barocycler® instrument to receive on-site scheduled preventative maintenance, on-site repair and replacement of all worn
or defective component parts, and telephone support, all at no incremental cost for the life of the service contract. We offer one-year and
four-year extended service contracts to customers who purchase Barocycler® instruments.

Other Fields of Use and Applications for PCT

Our  research  and  development  efforts  have  shown  that,  in  addition  to  genomic,  proteomic,  lipidomic,  and  small  molecule  sample
preparation,  PCT  is  potentially  beneficial  in  a  number  of  other  areas  of  the  life  sciences,  including  pathogen  inactivation,  protein
purification, control of chemical (particularly enzymatic) reactions, and immunodiagnostics. Other applications in the sample preparation
market  include  forensics  and  histology,  as  discussed  above.  Our  pursuit  of  these  markets,  however,  depends  on  a  number  of  factors,
including  our  success  in  commercializing  PCT  in  the  area  of  sample  preparation,  our  judgment  regarding  the  investment  required  to  be
successful  in  these  areas,  the  value  of  these  markets  to  PBI,  and  the  availability  of  sufficient  financial  resources.  Below  is  a  brief
explanation  of  each  of  these  additional  potential  applications  and  a  short  description  of  why  we  believe  PCT  can  be  used  to  improve
scientific studies in these areas.

Pathogen Inactivation

Biological products intended for human use, such as blood, vaccines and drugs, are put through rigorous processing protocols in an
effort to minimize the potential of that product to transmit disease. These protocols may include methods to remove infectious materials
such as pre-processing testing, filtration or chromatography, or methods to inactivate infectious agents that are not captured in the removal
steps  such  as  pasteurization,  irradiation  and  solvent  detergent  inactivation.  Notwithstanding  current  diligence  in  both  the  removal  and
inactivation  steps,  significant  concern  remains  that  some  pathogens  (e.g.,  bacteria  and  viruses)  capable  of  transmitting  infection  to
recipients  may  not  be  removed  or  inactivated  with  current  procedures.  In  addition,  some  removal  and  inactivation  methods  may  not  be
useful because of cost, safety, ease-of-use or other practical concerns. To that end, we believe that a new inactivation method is needed that
can safely, rapidly and inexpensively inactivate pathogens in blood, vaccines and drugs without the need for chemical or other potentially
toxic additives. We believe we have successfully generated proof-of-concept that PCT can satisfy this need. We believe that compared with
current procedures, a process that uses PCT has the potential to increase safety and yield, lower cost and decrease the potential side effects
of current methods. We have been issued U.S. patents for this PCT-dependent inactivation technology.

Protein Purification

Many  vaccines  and  drugs  are  comprised  of  proteins.  These  proteins  need  to  be  purified  from  complex  mixtures  as  part  of  the
manufacturing process. Current purification techniques often result in the loss of a significant amount of the protein. Therefore, any method
that  could  increase  the  amount  of  protein  being  recovered  in  the  purification  step,  could  subsequently  lead  to  a  reduction  in  cost  to  the
manufacturer. We believe we have successfully generated proof-of-concept that PCT can satisfy this need. We believe that compared with
current purification procedures, a process that uses PCT has the potential to increase protein recovery, increase the quality of the product,
and lower production costs. We have been issued U.S. and in this area.

- 13 -

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Control of Chemical (Particularly Enzymatic) Reactions

Chemical reactions encompass many important interactions in nature. Methods used to control chemical reactions could have a positive
effect on the quality, speed, and overall result of the reaction. The control and detection of chemical reactions is particularly useful in the
biotechnology  field  for  synthesizing  and  characterizing  such  molecules  as  nucleic  acids  and  polypeptides.  We  believe  that  PCT  offers
distinct  advantages  in  controlling  chemical  reactions  over  current  methods,  since  PCT  can  provide  precise,  automated  control  over  the
timing and synchronization of chemical reactions, particularly enzymatic reactions. We have been issued U.S patents in this area.

Immunodiagnostics

Many tests used in the clinical laboratory today are based on the formation of a complex between two proteins, such as an antigen and
an antibody. Such “immunodiagnostic” methods are used for the detection of infectious agents such as the human immunodeficiency virus
(“HIV”), hepatitis viruses, West Nile virus, and others, as well as for endocrine, drug testing and cancer diagnostics. We have generated
proof-of-concept that PCT may be used to control biomolecular interactions between proteins, such as antigens and antibodies. We believe
this  capability  may  provide  a  greater  degree  of  sensitivity  and  quantitative  accuracy  in  immunodiagnostic  testing  than  that  offered  by
methods that are available today. We have been issued U.S. patents in this area.

Customers

Our  customers  include  researchers  at  academic  laboratories,  government  agencies,  biotechnology  companies,  pharmaceutical  firms,
and  other  life  science  institutions  in  North,  Central,  and  South America;  Europe;  and Asia.  Our  goal  is  to  continue  aggressive  market
penetration to target groups in these geographical areas. We also believe that there is a significant opportunity to sell and/or lease additional
Barocycler® instrumentation to additional laboratories at current customer institutions.

If we are successful in commercializing PCT in applications beyond our current focus area of genomic, proteomic, lipidomic, and small
molecule sample preparation, and if we are successful in our attempts to attract additional capital, our potential customer base could expand
to include hospitals, reference laboratories, pharmaceutical manufacturing plants, and other sites involved in each specific application. If we
are  successful  in  forensics,  our  potential  customers  could  be  forensic  laboratories,  military  and  other  government  agencies.  If  we  are
successful  in  histology  (extraction  of  biomolecules  from  FFPE  tissues),  our  potential  customers  could  be  pharmaceutical  companies,
hospitals, and laboratories focused on drug discovery or correlation of disease states.

Competition

We compete with companies that have existing technologies for the extraction of nucleic acids, proteins, lipids, and small molecules
from cells and tissues, including methods such as mortar and pestle grinding, sonication, rotor-stator homogenization, French Press, bead
beating, freezer milling, enzymatic digestion, and chemical dissolution. We believe that there are a number of significant issues related to
the  use  of  these  methods,  including:  complexity,  sample  containment,  cross-contamination,  shearing  of  biomolecules  of  interest,  limited
applicability to different sample types, ease-of-use, reproducibility, and cost. We believe that our PCT Sample Preparation System offers a
number of significant advantages over these methods, including:

●

●

●

●

labor reduction

temperature control

precision

reproducibility

●

●

●

●

versatility

efficiency

simplicity

safety

To be competitive in the industry, we believe we must be able to clearly and conclusively demonstrate to potential customers that our
products provide these improved performance capabilities. We strongly believe that our PCT Sample Preparation System is a novel and
enabling system for genomic, proteomic, and small molecule sample preparation. As such, many users of current manual techniques will
need to be willing to challenge their existing methods of sample preparation and invest time to evaluate a method that could change their
overall workflow in the sample preparation process, prior to adopting our technology.

- 14 -

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Further, we are aware that the cost of the PCT Sample Preparation System may be greater than the cost of many of the other methods
currently employed. Consequently, we are focusing our sales efforts on those product attributes that we believe will be most important and
appealing to potential customers; namely versatility, reproducibility, quality, and safety.

Manufacturing and Supply

CBM Industries (Taunton, MA) has recently become the manufacturer of the Barocycler® 2320EXT.  CBM  is  ISO  13485:2003  and
9001:2008  Certified.  CBM  provides  us  with  precision  manufacturing  services  that  include  management  support  services  to  meet  our
specific application and operational requirements. Among the services provided by CBM to us are:

● CNC Machining

● Contract Assembly & Kitting

● Component and Subassembly Design

● Inventory Management

● ISO certification

At  this  time,  we  believe  that  outsourcing  the  manufacturing  of  our  new  Barocycler®  2320EXT  to  CBM  is  the  most  cost-effective
method for us to obtain ISO Certified, CE and  CSA  Marked  instruments.  CBM’s  close  proximity  to  our  South  Easton,  MA  facility  is  a
significant  asset  enabling  interactions  between  our  Engineering,  R&D,  and  Manufacturing  groups  and  their  counterparts  at  CBM.  CBM
was instrumental in helping PBI achieve CE Marking on our Barocycler 2320EXT, as announced on February 2, 2017.

Although we currently manufacture and assemble the Barozyme HT48, Barocycler® HUB440, the SHREDDER SG3, and most of our
consumables  at  our  South  Easton,  MA  facility,  we  plan  to  take  advantage  of  the  established  relationship  with  CBM  and  transfer
manufacturing of the entire Barocycler® product line, future instrument, and other products to CBM.

The Barocycler® NEP3229, launched in 2008, and manufactured by the BIT Group, will be phased out over the next several years and

replaced by the new state-of-the-art Barocycler® HUB and Barozyme HT product lines.

Research and Development

Our research and development activities are split into two functional areas: Applications Development and Engineering.

1. Applications Development R&D: Our highly educated and trained staff has years of experience in molecular and cellular biology,
virology,  and  proteomics.  Our  team  of  scientists  focuses  on  the  development  and  continued  improvement  of  the  PCT  Sample
Preparation System and on PCT-dependent genomic, proteomic, lipidomic, and small molecule sample preparation applications. Dr.
Alexander  Lazarev,  our  vice  president  of Applications  Research  &  Development,  meets  regularly  with  our  sales,  marketing,  and
engineering  staff  to  discuss  market  needs  and  trends.  Our  applications  research  and  development  team  is  responsible  for the
technical review of all scientific collaborations, for the support of our marketing and sales departments through the generation  of
internal data in a number of areas of market interest, and in the development of commercially-viable PCT-dependent products.

2. Engineering R&D: Our engineering research and development team is focused on the design and development of new and improved
instrumentation and  consumable  products  to  support  the  commercialization  of  PCT.  Our  engineering  department  is  led  by  Dr.
Edmund Ting, our senior vice president of Engineering. The primary focus of our engineering group is to develop and continually
improve our line of PCT-based instruments and consumables, ensure seamless production processes, help perform installations and
field  service,  and  work  with  our  application  scientists  to  enhance  our  PCT-based  systems  for  the  mass  spectrometry  and  other
markets.

- 15 -

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Collaboration Program

Our Collaboration Program is an important element of our business strategy. Initiating a collaboration with a researcher involves the
installation  of  a  Barocycler®  instrument  for  an  agreed  upon  period  of  time  of  approximately  three  to  twelve  months,  a  financial
commitment that is beneficial to both the collaborator and PBI, and the execution of an agreed upon work plan. Our primary objectives for
entering into a collaboration agreement include:

● the development of a new application for PCT and CP in sample preparation;

●

●

●

the advancement  and  validation  of  our  understanding  of  PCT  and  CP  within  an  area  of  life  sciences  in  which  we  already  offer
products;

the demonstration of the effectiveness of PCT and CP by specific research scientists, particularly Key Opinion Leaders (“KOLs”),
who we believe can have a positive impact on market acceptance of PCT; and

the expectation of peer-reviewed publications and/or presentations at scientific meetings by a third party, especially a KOL, on the
merits of PCT and CP.

Since we initiated our collaboration program, third party researchers have cited the use of our PCT platform in multiple publications and
presentations. We believe that this program has provided and continues to provide us with independent and objective data about PCT from
well-respected laboratories in the United States and throughout the rest of the world. We believe this program has been responsible for the
sale of multiple Barocycler instruments over the past few years, and will continue to help to increase the sales of instrument systems in the
future.

Product Pipeline

The following instruments are in our research and development pipeline:

● Barocycler® FFPE Protein Extraction Instrument System - A PCT-based system offering the enhanced extraction of proteins from
FFPE samples using a modified Barocycler® instrument that combines the advantages of pressure cycling, high temperature, and
certain reagents.

● XstreamPCT™ HPLC Digestion Module - For automated, in-line, on-demand PCT-enhanced protein digestion; the first module in

our PCT-based HPLC platform.

Sales and Marketing

Our marketing and sales function is led by Dr. Nathan Lawrence, our vice president of Marketing and Sales. Dr. Lawrence oversees
and  directs  marketing  and  sales  activities  such  as  trade  show  attendance  and  sponsorship,  on-line  advertising,  website  maintenance  and
improvement, search engine optimization, creation and dissemination of a PCT newsletter, market research initiatives, the arrangement of
on-location seminars, lectures, and demonstrations of PCT capabilities, and the supervision of our one-person sales force. Dr. Lawrence is
also responsible for the overall coordination of our collaboration programs, from initial set-up, research plan design, and training, service,
and data analysis. Some of these responsibilities are shared with other departments such as Research and Development, but marketing and
sales  drives  the  collaborative  process.  Dr.  Lawrence  is  also  responsible  for  the  continued  coordination  and  support  of  our  foreign
distribution partners.

- 16 -

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Our sales and marketing efforts are centered on using the independent data developed and disseminated by our collaboration partners to
help drive the installed base of our PCT Sample Preparation System. The development of scientific data by our partners and our internal
researchers provides our sales and marketing staff with additional tools that are essential in selling a paradigm-shifting, new technology
such as PCT.

Sales

Direct US Sales Force

Our domestic sales force currently consists of two part-time salespersons. We have committed to a plan to increase the number of full-
time  sales  professionals  in  early  2017  by  a  minimum  of  two  additional  full-time  staff.  We  expect  to  hire  additional  sales  and  marketing
personnel throughout 2017, with a goal that our sales and marketing department will have a minimum of six staff focused on sales and two
on marketing by the end of 2017.

Marketing Strategy

We  recognize  that  our  enabling  pressure  cycling  technology  (PCT)  is  novel.  Consequently,  the  power  of  PCT  is  not  yet  generally
known by researchers. Our first goal is to greatly broaden the awareness of PCT and its applications among scientists and to ensure they
know that this technology exists through our Barocycler® family of high-pressure instruments and requisite consumables. To accomplish
this expansion of knowledge about PCT and the subsequent adoption of our PCT-based products, we have developed and are implementing
a multi-faceted approach to marketing the PCT platform.

Key Opinion Leaders and Publications

To initially reach scientists, we have established collaborations with key opinion leaders (KOL) who recognized early the potential for
PCT and went on to report their discoveries in peer reviewed journals. Among the KOLs working with us is Dr. Ruedi Aebersold (Head of
the  Department  of  Biology,  ETH,  Zurich).  Dr. Aebersold,  a  pioneer  in  proteomics,  worked  with  our  scientists  and  engineers  to  develop
PCT-SWATH  (aka  PCT-HD),  a  superior  method  for  the  extraction  and  preparation  of  proteins  for  the  downstream  analysis  by  mass
spectrometry.  Other  KOLs  include  Dr.  Jennifer  van  Eyk  (Director  of  Advanced  Clinical  Biosystems  Institute  in  the  Department  of
Biomedical Sciences Cedar Sinai, Los Angeles, CA) and Dr. Wayne Hubble (Jules Stein Professor at the University of California, LA). Dr.
van Eyk is a recognized expert in the causes of heart disease and is using PCT in her attempt to discover cardiac disease biomarkers. Dr.
Hubble, a member of the National Academy of Science, is a leader in the field of electron paramagnetic resonance (EPR). He uses PCT in
his studies of protein-protein interactions, so very important in the discovery of drugs and drug design. The publications and presentations
of these and other world class scientists have been invaluable in gaining initial entry of PCT in several areas of research.  In  addition  to
publications by our KOLs, there are also many peer reviewed publications from dozens of other scientists discussing the advantages of the
PCT platform in bio-molecule sample preparation. To this end, we do all we can to disseminate the work of these scientists in an effort to
increase the exposure of PCT to the worldwide research community.

Broadcasting PCT and Our Products

1. We attend, exhibit, and present at top scientific meetings such as the American Society of Mass Spectrometry (ASMS) and both the
US  and  International  meetings  of  the  Human  Proteome  Organization  (HUPO).  These  meetings  are  an  opportunity  to  present our
technology and to showcase our products to scientists who require sample preparation in their research studies.

2. Routine and  timely  “blast”  emails  to  scientists  in  our  database.  Topics  include  new  PCT-related  publications,  announcements  of
meetings, product advertisements, and a monthly newsletter. The database we use is proprietary, as it has been built from  attending
scientific meetings and searching the internet for relevant publications and contact information.

3. W e  manage  our  database  with  SalesForce,  a  state-of-the-art  Customer  Relationship  Management  (CRM)  system.  Through
SalesForce, we employ the marketing automation software Pardot to manage our email blasts. Pardot enables us to assess open rates,
levels of interest, and to create automatic and constant contact with potential clients.

- 17 -

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
4. We use social media platforms like LinkedIn, Twitter and Facebook to broadcast publications, webinars, our presence at scientific

meetings, and press releases. Social media enables us to easily reach scientists world-wide.

5.

I n 2016,  we  significantly  upgraded  our  website.  The  upgraded  website  contains  a  state-of-the  art  search  engine  that  enables
researchers to rapidly find PCT-related publications and products.

6. The website  contains  videos  of  our  products.  In  2016,  we  contracted  with  BioCompare  to  produce  a  high  quality  video  showing

PCT-HD and the uses of our Barocycler® 2320EXT and the MicroTube System.

7. Our scientists regularly present their findings and discuss our products at scientific sessions at regional, national, and international

scientific conferences, and at corporate, government, and academic laboratories.

8.

In addition to electronic advertising, we have used and will continue to use print media to showcase our products.

In 2017, we plan to expand our Marketing team to support these and additional initiatives.

Foreign Distributor Network

Exclusive Agreements

Currently,  we  have  distribution  arrangements  covering  China,  Poland,  24  countries  in  Europe,  and  Japan.  We  expect  the  following
agreements will be extended during 2017 for a minimum of at least two additional years.

In May of 2014, we entered into a three-year distribution agreement with Powertech Technology Co, Ltd., of China, pursuant to which we
were granted Powertech Technology exclusive distribution rights to all of our products in China.

In  February  2016,  we  entered  into  a  three-year  distribution  agreement  with bioanalytic  of  Poland,  pursuant  to  which  PBI  granted
bioanalytic exclusive distribution rights to all of our products in Poland.

In September of 2016, we entered into a three-year distribution agreement with Vita Co. of Japan, pursuant to which we were granted Vita
Co. exclusive distribution rights to all of our products in Japan.

In  September  of  2016,  we  entered  into  a  distribution  agreement  with  I&L  GmbH,  of  Germany  pursuant,  to  which  were  granted  I&L,
exclusive distribution rights to all of our products in the countries designated as Western Europe (Andorra, Austria, Belgium, Denmark,
Finland,  France,  Germany,  Gibraltar,  Greece,  Iceland,  Italy,  Ireland,  Liechtenstein,  Luxembourg,  Malta,  Monaco,  Norway,  Netherlands,
Portugal, San Marino, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland, and the United Kingdom)

Non-Exclusive and Other Distribution Agreements

In November 2011, we entered into a distributor agreement with OROBOROS Instruments Corp. (“OROBOROS”) of Austria pursuant to
which we were granted OROBOROS non-exclusive world-wide distribution rights to our Shredder SG3 System and related products.

In June 2013, CS and PBI signed an expanded Distribution Agreement that made us the exclusive distributor of CS products throughout all
of the Americas until 2019.

In January 2016, SCIEX, a global leader in life science analytical technologies, announced an exclusive two-year co-marketing agreement
with PBI. In their press release, SCIEX stated that the relationship with us will uniquely position SCIEX to address a major challenge in
complex  sample  preparation  by  marketing  a  complete  solution  to  increase  the  depth,  breadth,  and  reproducibility  of  protein  extraction,
digestion,  and  quantitation  in  all  tissue  types,  including  challenging  samples  like  tumors.  Under  the  agreement,  PBI  and  SCIEX  will
promote PCT Sample Preparation Systems such as PCT-HD with SWATH® Acquisition-based next generation proteomics, TripleTOF®
Systems, QTRAP® Systems, and Triple Quad Systems. This focus on improved sample preparation, a crucial step performed in research
laboratories  worldwide,  will  enable  scientists  to  extract  more  proteins  reproducibly  from  complex  sample  types,  potentially  yielding
superior biological insights and discoveries.

- 18 -

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Intellectual Property

We  believe  that  protection  of  our  patents  and  other  intellectual  property  is  essential  to  our  business.  Subject  to  the  availability  of
sufficient financial resources, our practice is to file patent applications to protect technology, inventions, and improvements to inventions
that are important to our business development. We also rely on trade secrets, know-how, and technological innovations to develop and
maintain our potential competitive position.

PBI has 14 United States granted patents and one foreign granted patent (Japan: 5587770, EXTRACTION AND PARTITIONING OF
MOLECULES) covering multiple applications of PCT in the life sciences field. Our issued patents expire between 2017 and 2032. PBI also
has  19  pending  patents  in  the  USA,  Canada,  Europe, Australia,  China,  and  Taiwan.  Our  failure  to  obtain  and  maintain  adequate  patent
protection may adversely affect our ability to enter into, or affect the terms of, any arrangement for the marketing or sale of any of our PCT
products. It may also allow our competitors to duplicate our products without our permission and without compensation.

License Agreements Relating to Pressure Cycling Technology

BioMolecular Assays, Inc.

In  1996,  we  acquired  our  initial  equity  interest  in  BioSeq,  Inc.,  which  at  the  time  was  developing  our  original  pressure  cycling
technology. BioSeq, Inc. acquired its pressure cycling technology from BioMolecular Assays, Inc. under a technology transfer and patent
assignment  agreement.  In  1998,  we  purchased  all  of  the  remaining  outstanding  capital  stock  of  BioSeq,  Inc.,  and  at  such  time,  the
technology transfer and patent assignment agreement was amended to require us to pay BioMolecular Assays, Inc., a 5% royalty on our
sales  of  products  or  services  that  incorporate  or  utilize  the  original  pressure  cycling  technology  that  BioSeq,  Inc.  acquired  from
BioMolecular Assays, Inc. We are also required to pay BioMolecular Assays, Inc. 5% of the proceeds from any sale, transfer or license of
all or any portion of the original pressure cycling technology. These payment obligations terminated March 7, 2016. During the years ended
December  31,  2016  and  2015,  we  incurred  approximately  $6,963  and  $31,301,  respectively,  in  royalty  expense  associated  with  our
obligation to BioMolecular Assays, Inc.

In connection with our acquisition of BioSeq, Inc., we licensed certain limited rights to the original pressure cycling technology back to
BioMolecular Assays,  Inc.  This  license  is  non-exclusive  and  limits  the  use  of  the  original  pressure  cycling  technology  by  BioMolecular
Assays,  Inc.  solely  for  molecular  applications  in  scientific  research  and  development  and  in  scientific  plant  research  and  development.
BioMolecular Assays, Inc. is required to pay us a royalty equal to 20% of any license or other fees and royalties, but not including research
support  and  similar  payments,  it  receives  in  connection  with  any  sale,  assignment,  license  or  other  transfer  of  any  rights  granted  to
BioMolecular Assays, Inc. under the license. BioMolecular Assays, Inc. was required to pay us these royalties until the expiration in March
2016 of the patents held by BioSeq, Inc. since 1998. We have not received any royalty payments from BioMolecular Assays, Inc. under this
license.

Battelle Memorial Institute

In December 2008, we entered into an exclusive patent license agreement with the Battelle Memorial Institute (“Battelle”). The licensed
technology is the subject of a patent application filed by Battelle in 2008 and relates to a method and a system for improving the analysis of
protein  samples,  including  through  an  automated  system  utilizing  pressure  and  a  pre-selected  agent  to  obtain  a  digested  sample  in  a
significantly shorter period of time than current methods, while maintaining the integrity of the sample throughout the preparatory process.
In addition to royalty payments on net sales on “licensed products,” we are obligated to make minimum royalty payments for each year that
we retain the rights outlined in the patent license agreement and we are required to have our first commercial sale of the licensed products
within one year following the issuance of the patent covered by the licensed technology. After re-negotiating the terms of the contract in
2013, the minimum annual royalty was $1,200 in 2014 and $2,000 in 2015; the minimum royalties are $3,000 in 2016, $4,000 in 2017 and
$5,000 in 2018 and each calendar year thereafter during the term of the agreement.

- 19 -

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Regulation

Many of our activities are subject to regulation by governmental authorities within the United States and similar bodies outside of the
United  States.  The  regulatory  authorities  may  govern  the  collection,  testing,  manufacturing,  safety,  efficacy,  labeling,  storage,  record
keeping, transportation, approval, advertising, and promotion of our products, as well as the training of our employees.

Currently, all of our commercialization efforts are focused in the area of genomic, proteomic, lipidomic, and small molecule sample
preparation. We do not believe that our current Barocycler® products used in sample preparation are considered “medical devices” under
the United States Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act (the “FDA Act”) and we do not believe that we are subject to the law’s general control
provisions that include requirements for registration, listing of devices, quality regulations, labeling and prohibitions against misbranding
and  adulteration.  We  also  do  not  believe  that  we  are  subject  to  regulatory  inspection  and  scrutiny.  If,  however,  we  are  successful  in
commercializing  PCT  in  applications  beyond  our  current  focus  area  of  genomic,  proteomic,  lipidomic,  and  small  molecule  sample
preparation, such as protein purification, pathogen inactivation and immunodiagnostics, our products may be considered “medical devices”
under the FDA Act, at which point we would be subject to the law’s general control provisions and regulation by the FDA that include
requirements  for  registration  listing  of  devices,  quality  regulations,  labeling,  and  prohibitions  against  misbranding  and  adulteration.  The
process of obtaining approval to market these devices in the other potential applications of PCT would be costly and time consuming and
could possibly prohibit us from pursuing such markets.

Some  of  our  devices  may  also  become  subject  to  the  European  Pressure  Equipment  Directive,  which  requires  certain  pressure
equipment  meet  certain  quality  and  safety  standards.  We  do  not  believe  that  we  are  currently  subject  to  this  directive  because  our
Barocycler® instruments are below the threshold documented in the text of the directive. If our interpretation were to be challenged, we
could  incur  significant  costs  defending  the  challenge,  and  we  could  face  production  and  selling  delays,  all  of  which  could  harm  our
business.

We self-certified that our Barocycler® instrumentation was electromagnetically compatible, or “CE” compliant, which means that our
Barocycler® instruments meet the essential requirements of the relevant European health, safety and environmental protection legislation.
In order to maintain our CE Marking, a requirement to sell equipment in many countries of the European Union, we are obligated to uphold
certain  safety  and  quality  standards.  Due  to  outsourcing  manufacturing  to  CBM,  an  ISO  certified  contract  manufacturer,  we  believe
compliance with CE and other required marks and certifications is well controlled.

Employees

At December 31, 2016, we had nine (9) full-time employees and four (4) part-time employees. All employees enter into confidentiality
agreements  intended  to  protect  our  proprietary  information.  We  believe  that  our  relations  with  our  employees  are  good.  None  of  our
employees are represented by a labor union. Our performance depends on our ability to attract and retain qualified professional, scientific
and technical staff. The level of competition among employers for skilled personnel is high. Subject to our limited financial resources, we
attempt to maintain employee benefit plans to enhance employee morale, professional commitment and work productivity and provide an
incentive for employees to remain with us.

- 20 -

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS.

This Annual Report on Form 10-K contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties, such as statements of our
objectives, expectations and intentions. The cautionary statements made in this Annual Report on Form 10-K should be read as applicable
to  all  forward-looking  statements  wherever  they  appear  in  this  report.  Our  actual  results  could  differ  materially  from  those  discussed
herein. Factors that could cause or contribute to such differences include those discussed below, as well as those discussed elsewhere in this
Annual Report on Form 10-K.

RISKS RELATED TO OUR COMPANY

We have received an opinion from our independent registered public accounting firm expressing substantial doubt regarding our

ability to continue as a going concern.

The audit report issued by our independent registered public accounting firm on our audited consolidated financial statements for the
fiscal  year  ended  December  31,  2016  contains  an  explanatory  paragraph  regarding  our  ability  to  continue  as  a  going  concern.  The  audit
report states that our auditing firm has substantial doubt in our ability to continue as a going concern due to the risk that we may not have
sufficient cash and liquid assets at December 31, 2016 to cover our operating and capital requirements for the next twelve-month period;
and if sufficient cash cannot be obtained, we would have to substantially alter, or possibly even discontinue, operations. The accompanying
consolidated financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

Management has developed a plan to continue operations. This plan includes continued control of expenses and obtaining equity or
debt financing. Although we have successfully completed equity financings and reduced expenses in the past, we cannot assure you that our
plans to address these matters in the future will be successful.

The  factors  described  above  could  adversely  affect  our  ability  to  obtain  additional  financing  on  favorable  terms,  if  at  all,  and  may
cause investors to have reservations about our long-term prospects, and may adversely affect our relationships with customers. There can be
no assurance that our auditing firm will not issue the same opinion in the future. If we cannot successfully continue as a going concern, our
stockholders may lose their entire investment.

Our revenue is dependent upon acceptance of our products by the market. The failure of such acceptance will cause us to curtail or

cease operations.

Our revenue comes from the sale of our products. As a result, we will continue to incur operating losses until such time as sales of our
products reach a mature level and we are able to generate sufficient revenue from the sale of our products to meet our operating expenses.
There can be no assurance that customers will adopt our technology and products, or that businesses and prospective customers will agree
to pay for our products. In the event that we are not able to significantly increase the number of customers that purchase our products, or if
we are unable to charge the necessary prices, our financial condition and results of operations will be materially and adversely affected.

Our  business  could  be  adversely  affected  if  we  fail  to  implement  and  maintain  effective  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  and

internal control over financial reporting.

We concluded that as of December 31, 2016, our disclosure controls and procedures and our internal control over financial reporting
were  not  effective.  We  have  determined  that  we  have  limited  resources  for  adequate  personnel  to  prepare  and  file  reports  under  the
Securities  Exchange Act  of  1934  within  the  required  time  periods  and  that  material  weaknesses  in  our  internal  control  over  financial
reporting exist relating to our accounting for complex equity transactions. If we are unable to implement and maintain effective disclosure
controls  and  procedures  and  remediate  the  material  weaknesses  in  a  timely  manner,  or  if  we  identify  other  material  weaknesses  in  the
future, our ability to produce accurate and timely financial statements and public reports could be impaired, which could adversely affect
our business and financial condition. We identified a lack of sufficient segregation of duties. Specifically, this material weakness is such
that the design over these areas relies primarily on detective controls and could be strengthened by adding preventive controls to properly
safeguard assets. In addition, investors may lose confidence in our reported information and the market price of our common stock may
decline.

- 21 -

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
We have a history of operating losses, anticipate future losses and may never be profitable.

We have experienced significant operating losses in each period since we began investing resources in PCT and CP. These losses have
resulted  principally  from  research  and  development,  sales  and  marketing,  and  general  and  administrative  expenses  associated  with  the
development of our PCT business. During the year ended December 31, 2016, we recorded a net loss applicable to common shareholders
of $2,706,984, or ($0.10) per share, as compared with $7,438,492, or ($0.36) per share, of the corresponding period in 2015. We expect to
continue to incur operating losses until sales of PCT and CP products increase substantially. We cannot be certain when, if ever, we will
become profitable. Even if we were to become profitable, we might not be able to sustain such profitability on a quarterly or annual basis.

If we are unable to obtain additional financing, business operations will be harmed and if we do obtain additional financing then

existing shareholders may suffer substantial dilution.

We  need  substantial  capital  to  implement  our  sales  distribution  strategy  for  our  current  products  and  to  develop  and  commercialize
future products using our pressure cycling technology products and services in the sample preparation area, as well as for applications in
other areas of life sciences. Our capital requirements will depend on many factors, including but not limited to:

● the problems, delays, expenses, and complications frequently encountered by early-stage companies;

● market acceptance of our pressure cycling technology products and services for sample preparation;

● the success of our sales and marketing programs; and

● changes in economic, regulatory or competitive conditions in the markets we intend to serve.

We expect the net proceeds from an expected equity offering, along with our current cash position, will enable us to fund our operating
expenses  and  capital  expenditure  requirements  for  at  least  the  next  36  months.  Thereafter,  unless  we  achieve  profitability,  we  anticipate
that we will need to raise additional capital to fund our operations and to otherwise implement our overall business strategy. We currently
do not have any contracts or commitments for additional financing. There can be no assurance that financing will be available in amounts or
on terms acceptable to us, if at all. Any additional equity financing may involve substantial dilution to then existing shareholders.

If adequate funds are not available or if we fail to obtain acceptable additional financing, we may be required to:

● severely limit  or  cease  our  operations  or  otherwise  reduce  planned  expenditures  and  forego  other  business  opportunities,  which

could harm our business;

● obtain financing with terms that may have the effect of substantially diluting or adversely affecting the holdings or the rights of the

holders of our capital stock; or

● obtain funds through arrangements with future collaboration partners or others that may require us to relinquish rights to some or all

of our technologies or products.

Our  financial  results  depend  on  revenues  from  our  pressure  cycling  technology  products  and  services,  and  from  government

grants.

We  currently  rely  on  revenues  from  PCT,  CP,  and  CS  technology  products  and  services  in  the  sample  preparation  area  and  from
revenues derived from grants awarded to us by governmental agencies, such as the National Institutes of Health. We have been unable to
achieve  market  acceptance  of  our  product  offerings  to  the  extent  necessary  to  achieve  significant  revenue.  Competition  for  government
grants is very intense, and we can provide no assurance that we will continue to be awarded grants in the future. If we are unable to increase
revenues from sales of our pressure cycling technology products and services and government grants, our business will fail.

- 22 -

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
We may be unable to obtain market acceptance of our pressure cycling technology products and services.

Many of the initial sales of our pressure cycling technology products and services have been to our collaborators, following their use of
our  products  in  studies  undertaken  in  sample  preparation  for  genomics,  proteomics,  lipidomics,  and  small  molecules  studies.  Later  sales
have been to key opinion leaders. Our technology requires scientists and researchers to adopt a method of sample extraction that is different
from  existing  techniques.  Our  PCT  sample  preparation  system  is  also  more  costly  than  most  existing  techniques.  Our  ability  to  obtain
market  acceptance  will  depend,  in  part,  on  our  ability  to  demonstrate  to  our  potential  customers  that  the  benefits  and  advantages  of  our
technology  outweigh  the  increased  cost  of  our  technology  compared  with  existing  methods  of  sample  extraction.  If  we  are  unable  to
demonstrate the benefits and advantages of our products and technology as compared with existing technologies, we will not gain market
acceptance and our business will fail.

Our business may be harmed if we encounter problems, delays, expenses, and complications that often affect companies that have

not achieved significant market acceptance.

Our  pressure  cycling  technology  business  continues  to  face  challenges  in  achieving  market  acceptance.  If  we  encounter  problems,

delays, expenses and complications, many of which may be beyond our control or may harm our business or prospects. These include:

● availability of adequate financing;

● unanticipated problems and costs relating to the development, testing, production, marketing, and sale of our products;

● delays and costs associated with our ability to attract and retain key personnel; and

● competition.

The  sales  cycle  of  our  pressure  cycling  technology  products  is  lengthy.  We  have  incurred  and  may  continue  to  incur  significant

expenses and we may not generate any significant revenue related to those products.

Many  of  our  current  and  potential  customers  have  required  between  three  and  six  months  or  more  to  test  and  evaluate  our  pressure
cycling  technology  products.  This  increases  the  possibility  that  a  customer  may  decide  to  cancel  its  order  or  otherwise  change  its  plans,
which  could  reduce  or  eliminate  our  sales  to  that  potential  customer. As  a  result  of  this  lengthy  sales  cycle,  we  have  incurred  and  may
continue to incur significant research and development, selling and marketing, and general and administrative expense related to customers
from whom we have not yet generated any revenue from our products, and from whom we may never generate the anticipated revenue if a
customer is not satisfied with the results of the evaluation of our products or if a customer cancels or changes its plans.

Our business could be harmed if our products contain undetected errors or defects.

We are continuously developing new and improving our existing, pressure cycling technology products in sample preparation and we
expect  to  do  so  in  other  areas  of  life  sciences  depending  upon  the  availability  of  our  resources.  Newly  introduced  products  can  contain
undetected  errors  or  defects.  In  addition,  these  products  may  not  meet  their  performance  specifications  under  all  conditions  or  for  all
applications.  If,  despite  internal  testing  and  testing  by  our  collaborators,  any  of  our  products  contain  errors  or  defects  or  fail  to  meet
customer specifications, then we may be required to enhance or improve those products or technologies. We may not be able to do so on a
timely basis, if at all, and may only be able to do so at considerable expense. In addition, any significant reliability problems could result in
adverse customer reaction, negative publicity or legal claims and could harm our business and prospects.

Our success may depend on our ability to manage growth effectively.

Our failure to manage growth effectively could harm our business and prospects. Given our limited resources and personnel, growth of
our  business  could  place  significant  strain  on  our  management,  information  technology  systems,  sources  of  manufacturing  capacity  and
other  resources.  To  properly  manage  our  growth,  we  may  need  to  hire  additional  employees  and  identify  new  sources  of  manufacturing
capabilities. Failure to effectively manage our growth could make it difficult to manufacture our products and fill orders, as well as lead to
declines in product quality or increased costs, any of which would adversely impact our business and results of operations.

- 23 -

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Our success is substantially dependent on the continued service of our senior management.

Our success is substantially dependent on the continued service of our senior management, specifically our Chief Executive Officer,
Richard T. Schumacher. The loss of the services of any of our senior management could make it more difficult to successfully operate our
business and achieve our business goals. In addition, our failure to retain existing engineering, research and development, operations, and
marketing/sales personnel could harm our product development capabilities and customer and employee relationships, delay the growth of
sales of our products, and result in the loss of key information, expertise, or know-how.

We may not be able to hire or retain the number of qualified personnel, particularly engineering and sales personnel, required for

our business, which would harm the development and sales of our products and limit our ability to grow.

Competition in our industry for senior management, technical, sales, marketing, finance and other key personnel is intense. If we are
unable to retain our existing personnel, or attract and train additional qualified personnel, either because of competition in our industry for
such  personnel  or  because  of  insufficient  financial  resources,  our  growth  may  be  limited.  Our  success  also  depends  in  particular  on  our
ability  to  identify,  hire,  train  and  retain  qualified  engineering  and  sales  personnel  with  experience  in  design,  development  and  sales  of
laboratory equipment.

Our reliance on a single third party for all of our manufacturing, and certain of our engineering, and other related services could

harm our business.

We  currently  solely  rely  on  CBM  Industries,  a  third  party  contract  manufacturer,  to  manufacture  our  Barocycler  2320EXT
instrumentation, provide manufacturing expertise, and manage the majority of our sub-contractor supplier relationships for this instrument.
Because of our dependence on one manufacturer, our success will depend, in part, on the ability of CBM to manufacture our products cost
effectively, in sufficient quantities to meet our customer demand, if and when such demand occurs, and meeting our quality requirements. If
CBM  experiences  manufacturing  problems  or  delays,  or  if  CBM  decides  not  to  continue  to  provide  us  with  these  services,  our  business
may be harmed. While we believe other contract manufacturers are available to address our manufacturing and engineering needs, if we
find it necessary to replace CBM, there will be a disruption in our business and we would incur additional costs and delays that would harm
our business.

Our failure to manage current or future alliances or joint ventures effectively may harm our business.

We  have  entered  into  business  relationships  with  four  distribution  partners  and  one  co-marketing  partner,  and  we  may  enter  into
additional  alliances,  joint  ventures  or  other  business  relationships  to  further  develop,  market  and  sell  our  pressure  cycling  technology
product line. We may not be able to:

● identify appropriate candidates for alliances, joint ventures or other business relationships;

● assure that any candidate for an alliance, joint venture or business relationship will provide us with the support anticipated;

● successfully negotiate an alliance, joint venture or business relationship on terms that are advantageous to us; or

● successfully manage any alliance or joint venture.

Furthermore,  any  alliance,  joint  venture  or  other  business  relationship  may  divert  management  time  and  resources.  Entering  into  a
disadvantageous  alliance,  joint  venture  or  business  relationship,  failing  to  manage  an  alliance,  joint  venture  or  business  relationship
effectively, or failing to comply with any obligations in connection therewith, could harm our business and prospects.

- 24 -

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
We may not be successful in growing our international sales.

We  cannot  guarantee  that  we  will  successfully  develop  our  international  sales  channels  to  enable  us  to  generate  significant  revenue
from international sales. We currently have four international distribution agreements that cover 24 countries in Europe, Asia and Australia.
We  have  generated  limited  sales  to  date  from  international  sales  and  cannot  guarantee  that  we  will  be  able  to  increase  our  sales. As  we
expand, our international operations may be subject to numerous risks and challenges, including:

● multiple, conflicting and changing governmental laws and regulations, including those that regulate high pressure equipment;

● reduced protection for intellectual property rights in some countries;

● protectionist laws and business practices that favor local companies;

● political and economic changes and disruptions;

● export and import controls;

● tariff regulations; and

● currency fluctuations.

Our  operating  results  are  subject  to  quarterly  variation.  Our  operating  results  may  fluctuate  significantly  from  period  to  period

depending on a variety of factors, including but not limited to the following:

● our ability  to  increase  our  sales  of  our  pressure  cycling  technology  products  for  sample  preparation  on  a  consistent  quarterly or

annual basis;

● the lengthy sales cycle for our products;

● the product mix of the Barocycler® instruments we install in a given period, and whether the installations are completed pursuant to

sales, rental or lease arrangements, and the average selling prices that we are able to command for our products;

● our ability to manage our costs and expenses;

● our ability to continue our research and development activities without incurring unexpected costs and expenses; and

● our ability to comply with state and federal regulations without incurring unexpected costs and expenses.

Our  instrumentation  operates  at  high  pressures  and  may  therefore  become  subject  to  certain  regulations  in  the  European

Community. Regulation of high pressure equipment may limit or hinder our development and sale of future instrumentation.

Our  Barocycler®  instruments  operate  at  high  pressures.  If  our  Barocycler®  instruments  exceed  certain  pressure  levels,  our  products
may  become  subject  to  the  European  Pressure  Equipment  Directive,  which  requires  certain  pressure  equipment  meet  certain  quality  and
safety  standards.  We  do  not  believe  that  we  are  subject  to  this  directive  because  our  Barocycler®  instruments  are  currently  below  the
threshold documented in the text of the directive. If our interpretation were to be challenged, we could incur significant costs defending the
challenge, and we could face production and selling delays, all of which could harm our business.

- 25 -

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
We expect that we will be subject to regulation in the United States, such as by the Food and Drug Administration, and overseas, if
and  when  we  begin  to  invest  more  resources  in  the  development  and  commercialization  of  PCT  in  applications  outside  of  sample
preparation for the research field.

Our current pressure cycling technology products in the area of sample preparation for the research field are not regulated by the FDA.
Certain applications in which we intend to develop and commercialize pressure cycling technology, such as protein purification, pathogen
inactivation and immunodiagnostics, are expected to require regulatory approvals or clearances from regulatory agencies, such as the FDA,
prior to commercialization, when we expand our commercialization activities outside of the research field. We expect that obtaining these
approvals  or  clearances  will  require  a  significant  investment  of  time  and  capital  resources  and  there  can  be  no  assurance  that  such
investments will receive approvals or clearances that would allow us to commercialize the technology for these applications.

If we are unable to protect our patents and other proprietary technology relating to our pressure cycling technology products, our

business will be harmed.

Our ability to further develop and successfully commercialize our products will depend, in part, on our ability to enforce our patents,
preserve our trade secrets, and operate without infringing the proprietary rights of third parties. PBI has 14 United States granted patents
and 1 foreign granted patent (Japan: 5587770, EXTRACTION AND PARTITIONING OF MOLECULES) covering multiple applications
of PCT in the life sciences field. The patents expire between 2017 and 2032. PBI also has 19 pending patents in the USA, Canada, Europe,
Australia, China, and Taiwan. There can be no assurance that (a) any patent applications filed by us will result in issued patents; (b) patent
protection will be secured for any particular technology; (c) any patents that have been or may be issued to us will be valid or enforceable;
(d) any patents will provide meaningful protection to us; (e) others will not be able to design around our patents; and (f) our patents will
provide a competitive advantage or have commercial value. The failure to obtain adequate patent protection would have a material adverse
effect  on  us  and  may  adversely  affect  our  ability  to  enter  into,  or  affect  the  terms  of,  any  arrangement  for  the  marketing  or  sale  of  any
product.

Our patents may be challenged by others.

We  could  incur  substantial  costs  in  patent  proceedings,  including  interference  proceedings  before  the  United  States  Patent  and
Trademark Office, and comparable proceedings before similar agencies in other countries, in connection with any claims that may arise in
the future. These proceedings could result in adverse decisions about the patentability of our inventions and products, as well as about the
enforceability, validity, or scope of protection afforded by the patents.

If we are unable to maintain the confidentiality of our trade secrets and proprietary knowledge, others may develop technology and

products that could prevent the successful commercialization of our products.

We rely on trade secrets and other unpatented proprietary information in our product development activities. To the extent we rely on
trade secrets and unpatented know-how to maintain our competitive technological position, there can be no assurance that others may not
independently develop the same or similar technologies. We seek to protect our trade secrets and proprietary knowledge, in part, through
confidentiality agreements with our employees, consultants, advisors and contractors. These agreements may not be sufficient to effectively
prevent disclosure of our confidential information and may not provide us with an adequate remedy in the event of unauthorized disclosure
of  such  information.  If  our  employees,  consultants,  advisors,  or  contractors  develop  inventions  or  processes  independently  that  may  be
applicable to our products, disputes may arise about ownership of proprietary rights to those inventions and processes. Such inventions and
processes will not necessarily become our property, but may remain the property of those persons or their employers. Protracted and costly
litigation  could  be  necessary  to  enforce  and  determine  the  scope  of  our  proprietary  rights.  Failure  to  obtain  or  maintain  trade  secret
protection, for any reason, could harm our business.

If we infringe on the intellectual property rights of others, our business may be harmed.

It  is  possible  that  the  manufacture,  use  or  sale  of  our  pressure  cycling  technology  products  or  services  may  infringe  patent  or  other
intellectual property rights of others. We may be unable to avoid infringement of the patent or other intellectual property rights of others
and may be required to seek a license, defend an infringement action, or challenge the validity of the patents or other intellectual property
rights in court. We may be unable to secure a license on terms and conditions acceptable to us, if at all. Also, we may not prevail in any
patent or other intellectual property rights litigation. Patent or other intellectual property rights litigation is costly and time-consuming, and
there can be no assurance that we will have sufficient resources to bring any possible litigation related to such infringement to a successful
conclusion. If we do not obtain a license under such patents or other intellectual property rights, or if we are found liable for infringement,
or  if  we  are  unsuccessful  in  having  such  patents  declared  invalid,  we  may  be  liable  for  significant  monetary  damages,  may  encounter
significant  delays  in  successfully  commercializing  and  developing  our  pressure  cycling  technology  products,  or  may  be  precluded  from
participating in the manufacture, use, or sale of our pressure cycling technology products or services requiring such licenses.

- 26 -

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
We may be unable to adequately respond to rapid changes in technology and the development of new industry standards.

The introduction of products and services embodying new technology and the emergence of new industry standards may render our
existing pressure cycling technology products and related services obsolete and unmarketable if we are unable to adapt to change. We may
be unable to allocate the funds necessary to improve our current products or introduce new products to address our customers’ needs and
respond  to  technological  change.  In  the  event  that  other  companies  develop  more  technologically  advanced  products,  our  competitive
position relative to such companies would be harmed.

We  may  not  be  able  to  compete  successfully  with  others  that  are  developing  or  have  developed  competitive  technologies  and

products.

A  number  of  companies  have  developed,  or  are  expected  to  develop,  products  that  compete  or  will  compete  with  our  products.  We
compete with companies that have existing technologies for the extraction of nucleic acids, proteins and small molecules from cells and
tissues, including but not limited to methods such as mortar and pestle, sonication, rotor-stator homogenization, French press, bead beating,
freezer milling, enzymatic digestion, and chemical dissolution.

We  are  aware  that  there  are  additional  companies  pursuing  new  technologies  with  similar  goals  to  the  products  developed  or  being
developed by us. Some of the companies with which we now compete, or may compete in the future, have or may have more extensive
research, marketing, and manufacturing capabilities, more experience in genomics and proteomics sample preparation, protein purification,
pathogen inactivation, immunodiagnostics, and DNA sequencing and significantly greater technical, personnel and financial resources than
we do, and may be better positioned to continue to improve their technology to compete in an evolving industry. To compete, we must be
able  to  demonstrate  to  potential  customers  that  our  products  provide  improved  performance  and  capabilities.  Our  failure  to  compete
successfully could harm our business and prospects.

We will need to increase the size of our organization, and may experience difficulties in managing growth.

We are a small company with a minimal number of employees. We expect to experience a period of expansion in headcount, facilities,
infrastructure  and  overhead  and  anticipate  that  further  expansion  will  be  required  to  address  potential  growth  and  market  opportunities.
Future growth will impose significant added responsibilities on members of management, including the need to identify, recruit, maintain
and integrate new managers. Our future financial performance and its ability to compete effectively will depend, in part, on its ability to
manage any future growth effectively.

Provisions in our articles of organization and bylaws may discourage or frustrate stockholders’ attempts to remove or replace our

current management.

Our articles of organization and bylaws contain provisions that may make it more difficult or discourage changes in our management

that our stockholders may consider to be favorable. These provisions include:

● a classified board of directors;

● advance notice for stockholder nominations to the board of directors;

● limitations on the ability of stockholders to remove directors; and

● a provision that allows a majority of the directors to fill vacancies on the board of directors.

- 27 -

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
These  provisions  could  prevent  or  frustrate  attempts  to  make  changes  in  our  management  that  our  stockholders  consider  to  be

beneficial and could limit the price that our stockholders might receive in the future for shares of our common stock.

The costs of compliance with the reporting obligations of the Exchange Act, and with the requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act
of 2002 and the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, may place a strain on our limited resources and our
management’s attention may be diverted from other business concerns.

As  a  result  of  the  regulatory  requirements  applicable  to  public  companies,  we  incur  legal,  accounting,  and  other  expenses  that  are
significant in relation to the size of our Company. In addition, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and
Consumer Protection Act, as well as rules subsequently implemented by the SEC and OTC Markets Group, Inc., have required changes in
corporate governance and financial disclosure practices of public companies, some of which are currently applicable to us and others will or
may become applicable to us in the future. These rules and regulations have increased and will continue to increase our legal and financial
compliance costs and may make some activities more time-consuming. These requirements have placed and will continue to place a strain
on our systems and on our management and financial resources.

Certain of our net deferred tax assets could be substantially limited if we experience an ownership change as defined in the Internal

Revenue Code.

Certain of our net operating losses (“NOLs”) give rise to net deferred tax assets. Our ability to utilize NOLs and to offset our future
taxable income and/or to recover previously paid taxes would be limited if we were to undergo an “ownership change” within the meaning
of Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code (the “Code”). In general, an “ownership change” occurs whenever the percentage of the stock
of a corporation owned by “5 percent shareholders,” within the meaning of Section 382 of the Code, increases by more than 50 percentage
points over the lowest percentage of the stock of such corporation owned by such “5 percent shareholders” at any time over the preceding
three years.

An ownership change under Section 382 of the Code would establish an annual limitation on the amount of NOLs we could utilize to
offset our taxable income in any single taxable year to an amount equal to (i) the product of a specified rate, which is published by the U.S.
Treasury,  and  the  aggregate  value  of  our  outstanding  stock  plus;  and  (ii)  the  amount  of  unutilized  limitation  from  prior  years.  The
application of these limitations might prevent full utilization of the deferred tax assets attributable to our NOLs. We may have or will have
experienced an ownership change as defined by Section 382 through the sale of equity and, therefore, we will consider whether the sale of
equity units will result in limitations of our net operating losses under Section 382 when we start to generate taxable income. However,
whether a change in ownership occurs in the future is largely outside of our control, and there can be no assurance that such a change will
not occur.

RISKS RELATING TO OWNERSHIP OF OUR SECURITIES

The holders of our Common Stock could suffer substantial dilution due to our corporate financing practices.

The  holders  of  our  common  stock  could  suffer  substantial  dilution  due  to  our  corporate  financing  practices,  which,  in  the  past  few
years,  have  included  private  placements  and  a  registered  direct  offering. As  of  December  31,  2016,  we  have  issued  shares  of  Series A
Convertible Preferred Stock, Series B Convertible Preferred Stock, Series C Convertible Preferred Stock, Series D Convertible Preferred
Stock,  Series  E  Convertible  Preferred  Stock,  Series  G  Convertible  Preferred  Stock,  Series  H  Convertible  Preferred  Stock,  Series  H2
Convertible Preferred Stock, Series J Convertible Preferred Stock and Series K Convertible Preferred Stock.

- 28 -

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
As of December 31, 2016, all of the shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock, Series B Convertible Preferred Stock, Series C
Convertible Preferred Stock, and Series E Convertible Preferred Stock had been converted into shares of common stock. As of December
31, 2016 only shares of Series D Convertible Preferred Stock, Series G Convertible Preferred Stock, Series H Convertible Preferred Stock,
Series H2 Convertible Preferred Stock, Series J Convertible Preferred Stock and Series K Convertible Preferred Stock were outstanding.
Further, in connection with those private placements and the Series D registered direct offering, we issued warrants to purchase common
stock. In addition, as of December 31, 2016, we had issued notes convertible into common stock at prices ranging from $0.28 to $0.45 per
common  share.  If  all  of  the  outstanding  shares  of  Series  D  Convertible  Preferred  Stock,  Series  G  Convertible  Preferred  Stock,  Series  H
Convertible  Preferred  Stock,  Series  H2  Convertible  Preferred  Stock,  Series  J  Convertible  Preferred  Stock  and  Series  K  Convertible
Preferred Stock were converted into shares of common stock and all outstanding options and warrants to purchase shares of common stock
were exercised and all notes were converted, each as of December 31, 2016, an additional 73,515,600 shares of common stock would be
issued and outstanding. This additional issuance of shares of common stock would cause immediate and substantial dilution to our existing
stockholders and could cause a significant reduction in the market price of our common stock.

Sales of a significant number of shares of our common stock in the public market or the perception of such possible sales, could

depress the market price of our common stock.

Sales of a substantial number of shares of our common stock in the public markets, which include an offering of our preferred stock or
common stock could depress the market price of our common stock and impair our ability to raise capital through the sale of additional
equity  or  equity-related  securities.  We  cannot  predict  the  effect  that  future  sales  of  our  common  stock  or  other  equity-related  securities
would have on the market price of our common stock.

Our share price could be volatile and our trading volume may fluctuate substantially.

The price of common stock has been and may in the future continue to be extremely volatile. Many factors could have a significant

impact on the future price of our shares of common stock, including:

● our inability to raise additional capital to fund our operations, whether through the issuance of equity securities or debt;

● our failure to successfully implement our business objectives;

● compliance with ongoing regulatory requirements;

● market acceptance of our products;

● technological innovations and new commercial products by our competitors;

● changes in government regulations;

● general economic conditions and other external factors;

● actual or anticipated fluctuations in our quarterly financial and operating results; and

● the degree of trading liquidity in our shares of common stock.

A decline in the price of our shares of common stock could affect our ability to raise further working capital and adversely impact

our ability to continue operations.

The relatively low price of our shares of common stock, and a decline in the price of our shares of common stock, could result in a
reduction in the liquidity of our common stock and a reduction in our ability to raise capital. Because a significant portion of our operations
has been and will continue to be financed through the sale of equity securities, a decline in the price of our shares of common stock could
be  especially  detrimental  to  our  liquidity  and  our  operations.  Such  reductions  and  declines  may  force  us  to  reallocate  funds  from  other
planned uses and may have a significant negative effect on our business plans and operations, including our ability to continue our current
operations. If the price for our shares of common stock declines, it may be more difficult to raise additional capital. If we are unable to
raise  sufficient  capital,  and  we  are  unable  to  generate  funds  from  operations  sufficient  to  meet  our  obligations,  we  will  not  have  the
resources to continue our operations.

- 29 -

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The market price for our shares of common stock may also be affected by our ability to meet or exceed expectations of analysts or
investors. Any failure to meet these expectations, even if minor, may have a material adverse effect on the market price of our shares of
common stock.

If we issue additional securities in the future, it will likely result in the dilution of our shares of existing stockholders.

As of December 31, 2016, there were 30,999,839 shares of common stock issued and outstanding. Similarly, at such time, there were
no  shares  of  Series A  Junior  Participating  Preferred  Stock;  Series A  Convertible  Preferred  Stock;  Series  B  Convertible  Preferred  Stock;
Series C Convertible Preferred Stock; and Series E Convertible Preferred Stock. As of December 31, 2016 there were 300 shares of Series
D  Convertible  Preferred  Stock  issued  and  outstanding  and  convertible  into  750,000  shares  of  common  stock,  86,570  shares  of  Series  G
Convertible  Preferred  Stock  issued  and  outstanding  convertible  into  865,700  shares  of  common  stock,  10,000  shares  of  Series  H
Convertible Preferred Stock issued and outstanding convertible into 1,000,000 shares of common stock, 21 shares of Series H2 Convertible
Preferred Stock issued and outstanding convertible into 2,100,000 shares of common stock, 3,521 shares of Series J Convertible Preferred
Stock issued and outstanding convertible into 3,521,000 shares of common stock, and 6,816 shares of Series K Convertible Preferred Stock
issued and outstanding convertible into 6,816,000 shares of common stock.

As  of  December  31,  2016,  there  were  outstanding  options  and  warrants  to  purchase  an  aggregate  of  31,728,945  shares  of  common
stock; and convertible debt convertible into 26,733,955 shares of common stock. From time to time, we also may increase the number of
shares available for issuance in connection with our equity compensation plan, we may adopt new equity compensation plans, and we may
issue  awards  to  our  employees  and  others  who  provide  services  to  us  outside  the  terms  of  our  equity  compensation  plans.  Our  board  of
directors may fix and determine the designations, rights, preferences or other variations of each class or series of preferred stock and may
choose to issue some or all of such shares to provide additional financing in the future.

The  issuance  of  any  securities  for  acquisition,  licensing  or  financing  efforts,  upon  conversion  of  any  preferred  stock  or  exercise  of
warrants,  pursuant  to  our  equity  compensation  plans,  or  otherwise  may  result  in  a  reduction  of  the  book  value  and  market  price  of  the
outstanding  shares  of  our  common  stock.  If  we  issue  any  such  additional  securities,  such  issuance  will  cause  a  reduction  in  the
proportionate  ownership  and  voting  power  of  all  current  stockholders.  Further,  such  issuance  may  result  in  a  change  in  control  of  our
Company.

Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”) sales practice requirements may also limit a stockholder’s ability to buy and

sell our common stock.

FINRA has adopted rules that require that in recommending an investment to a customer, a broker-dealer must have reasonable grounds
for  believing  that  the  investment  is  suitable  for  that  customer.  Prior  to  recommending  speculative  low-priced  securities  to  their  non-
institutional customers, broker-dealers must make reasonable efforts to obtain information about the customer’s financial status, tax status,
investment  objectives  and  other  information.  Under  interpretations  of  these  rules,  FINRA  believes  that  there  is  a  high  probability  that
speculative low-priced securities will not be suitable for at least some customers. FINRA requirements make it more difficult for broker-
dealers to recommend that their customers buy our common stock, which may limit your ability to buy and sell our common stock and have
an adverse effect on the market for our shares.

- 30 -

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Our  Common  Stock  is  subject  to  the  “Penny  Stock”  rules  of  the  SEC  and  the  trading  market  in  our  securities  is  limited,  which

makes transactions in our stock cumbersome and may reduce the value of an investment in our stock.

The  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  has  adopted  Rule  15g-9  which  establishes  the  definition  of  a  “penny  stock,”  for  the
purposes relevant to us, as any equity security that has a market price of less than $5.00 per share or with an exercise price of less than
$5.00 per share, subject to certain exceptions. For any transaction involving a penny stock, unless exempt, the rules require:

● That a broker or dealer approve a person’s account for transactions in penny stocks; and

●

The broker or dealer receives from the investor a written agreement to the transaction, setting forth the identity and quantity of the
penny stock to be purchased.

In order to approve a person’s account for transactions in penny stocks, the broker or dealer must:

● Obtain financial information and investment experience objectives of the person; and

●

Make a  reasonable  determination  that  the  transactions  in  penny  stocks  are  suitable  for  that  person  and  the  person  has  sufficient
knowledge and experience in financial matters to be capable of evaluating the risks of transactions in penny stocks.

The broker or dealer must also deliver, prior to any transaction in a penny stock, a disclosure schedule prescribed by the Commission

relating to the penny stock market, which, in highlight form:

● Sets forth the basis on which the broker or dealer made the suitability determination; and

● That the broker or dealer received a signed, written agreement from the investor prior to the transaction.

Generally, brokers may be less willing to execute transactions in securities subject to the “penny stock” rules. This may make it more

difficult for investors to dispose of our common stock and cause a decline in the market value of our stock.

Disclosure also has to be made about the risks of investing in penny stocks in both public offerings and in secondary trading and about
the commissions payable to both the broker-dealer and the registered representative, current quotations for the securities and the rights and
remedies available to an investor in cases of fraud in penny stock transactions. Finally, monthly statements have to be sent disclosing recent
price information for the penny stock held in the account and information on the limited market in penny stocks.

We have never declared or paid a cash dividend on our common stock and we do not expect to pay cash dividends on our common

stock in the foreseeable future.

Our shares of Series D Convertible Preferred Stock are entitled to certain rights, privileges and preferences over our common stock,
including a preference upon a liquidation of our Company, which will reduce amounts available for distribution to the holders of our
common stock.

The  holders  of  our  shares  of  Series  D  are  entitled  to  payment,  prior  to  payment  to  the  holders  of  common  stock  in  the  event  of
liquidation of the Company. If we are dissolved, liquidated or wound up at a time when the Series D Preferred Stock remain outstanding,
the  holders  of  the  Series  D  Preferred  Stock  will  be  entitled  to  receive  only  an  amount  equal  to  the liquidation  preference (as  it  may  be
adjusted from time to time), plus any accumulated and unpaid dividends, to the extent that we have funds legally available. Any remaining
assets will be distributable to holders of our other equity securities.

- 31 -

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Shares eligible for future sale may adversely affect the market.

From time to time, certain of our stockholders may be eligible to sell all or some of their shares of common stock by means of ordinary
brokerage  transactions  in  the  open  market  pursuant  to  Rule  144  promulgated  under  the  Securities Act,  subject  to  certain  limitations.  In
general,  pursuant  to  amended  Rule  144,  non-affiliate  stockholders  may  sell  freely  after  six  months  subject  only  to  the  current  public
information requirement. Affiliates may sell after six months subject to the Rule 144 volume, manner of sale (for equity securities), current
public information and notice requirements. Any substantial sales of our common stock pursuant to Rule 144 may have a material adverse
effect on the market price of our common stock.

We currently do not intend to pay dividends on  our  common  stock.  As  result,  your  only  opportunity  to  achieve  a  return  on  your

investment is if the price of our common stock appreciates.

We currently do not expect to declare or pay dividends on our common stock. In addition, in the future we may enter into agreements
that prohibit or restrict our ability to declare or pay dividends on our common stock. As a result, your only opportunity to achieve a return
on your investment will be if the market price of our common stock appreciates and you sell your shares at a profit.

We could issue additional common stock, which might dilute the book value of our Common Stock.

Our Board of Directors has authority, without action or vote of our shareholders, to issue all or a part of our authorized but unissued
shares.  Such  stock  issuances  could  be  made  at  a  price  that  reflects  a  discount  or  a  premium  from  the  then-current  trading  price  of  our
common  stock.  In  addition,  in  order  to  raise  capital,  we  may  need  to  issue  securities  that  are  convertible  into  or  exchangeable  for  our
common stock. These issuances would dilute the percentage ownership interest, which would have the effect of reducing your influence on
matters on which our shareholders vote, and might dilute the book value of our common stock. You may incur additional dilution if holders
of stock warrants or options, whether currently outstanding or subsequently granted, exercise their options, or if warrant holders exercise
their warrants to purchase shares of our common stock.

ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS.

Not Applicable.

ITEM 2. PROPERTIES.

Our corporate office is currently located at 14 Norfolk Avenue, South Easton, Massachusetts 02375. We are currently paying $4,800

per month, on a lease extension, signed on December 29, 2016, that expires December 31, 2017, for our corporate office.

On November 1, 2014 we signed a lease for lab space in Medford, MA. We subsequently expanded our space in Medford. The lease

expires December 30, 2017 and requires monthly payments of $5,385 subject to annual cost of living increases.

ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS.

We are not currently involved in any litigation that we believe could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition or results
of operations. There is no action, suit, or proceeding by any court, public board, government agency, self-regulatory organization or body
pending or, to the knowledge of the executive officers of our Company or our subsidiary, threatened against or affecting our Company, our
common stock, our subsidiary or of our companies or our subsidiary’s officers or directors in their capacities as such, in which an adverse
decision could have a material adverse effect.

ITEM 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES.

Not applicable.

- 32 -

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PART II

ITEM  5.  MARKET  FOR  REGISTRANT’S  COMMON  EQUITY,  RELATED  STOCKHOLDER  MATTERS,  AND  ISSUER
PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES.

Our common stock is currently traded on the OTCQB tier of the OTC Markets under the trading symbol “PBIO.”

The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, the high and low sales price and the high and low bids, as applicable, per share

of common stock, as reported by the OTC Markets from January 1, 2015 through December 31, 2016.

First Quarter
Second Quarter
Third Quarter
Fourth Quarter

First Quarter
Second Quarter
Third Quarter
Fourth Quarter

Authorized Capital

Year Ended December 31, 2016

High

Low

0.51    $
0.58    $
0.46    $
0.40    $

Year Ended December 31, 2015

High

Low

0.45    $
0.38    $
0.32    $
0.49    $

0.28 
0.26 
0.28 
0.18 

0.17 
0.20 
0.20 
0.20 

  $
  $
  $
  $

  $
  $
  $
  $

As of December 31, 2016, we were authorized to issue 100,000,000 shares of common stock, $.01 par value, and 1,000,000 shares of
preferred stock, $.01 par value. Of the 1,000,000 shares of preferred stock, 20,000 shares were designated as Series A Junior Participating
Preferred Stock, 313,960 shares as Series A Convertible Preferred Stock, 279,256 shares as Series B Convertible Preferred Stock, 88,098
shares  as  Series  C  Convertible  Preferred  Stock,  850  shares  as  Series  D  Convertible  Preferred  Stock,  500  shares  as  Series  E  Convertible
Preferred Stock, 240,000 shares as Series G Convertible Preferred Stock, 10,000 shares as Series H Convertible Preferred Stock, 21 shares
as Series H2 Convertible Preferred Stock, 6,250 shares as Series J Convertible Preferred Stock and 15,000 shares as Series K Convertible
Preferred Stock.

As of December 31, 2016, there were 30,999,839 shares of common stock issued and outstanding. Similarly, at such time, there were
no  shares  of  Series A  Junior  Participating  Preferred  Stock;  Series A  Convertible  Preferred  Stock;  Series  B  Convertible  Preferred  Stock;
Series C Convertible Preferred Stock; Series E Convertible Preferred Stock. As of December 31, 2016 there were 300 shares of Series D
Convertible  Preferred  Stock  issued  and  outstanding  and  convertible  into  750,000  shares  of  common  stock,  86,570  shares  of  Series  G
Convertible  Preferred  Stock  issued  and  outstanding  convertible  into  865,700  shares  of  common  stock,  10,000  shares  of  Series  H
Convertible Preferred Stock issued and outstanding convertible into 1,000,000 shares of common stock, 21 shares of Series H2 Convertible
Preferred Stock issued and outstanding convertible into 2,100,000 shares of common stock, 3,521 shares of Series J Convertible Preferred
Stock issued and outstanding convertible into 3,521,000 shares of common stock, and 6,816 shares of Series K Convertible Preferred Stock
issued and outstanding convertible into 6,816,000 shares of common stock.

Approximate Number of Equity Security Holders

As of December 31, 2016, there were approximately 213 stockholders of record. Because shares of our common stock are held by
depositaries,  brokers  and  other  nominees,  the  number  of  beneficial  holders  of  our  shares  is  substantially  larger  than  the  number  of
stockholders of record.

Dividends

We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on common stock and do not plan to pay any cash dividends on common stock in

the foreseeable future.

- 33 -

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
As of December 31, 2016, dividends issued or to be issued on convertible preferred stock for the years ended December 31, 2016 and

2015 are outlined in the table below.

Dividends paid in common stock or cash
For The Year Ended December 31,

2016

2015

Dividends payable
For The Year Ended December 31,

2016

2015

  $

  $

-    $
-   
-   
-   
-   
442   
63,413   
63,855    $

-    Series D
-    Series E
-    Series G
-    Series H
-    Series H2
-    Series J
14,894    Series K
14,894   

  $

  $

-    $
-   
1,200   
-   
-   
83,484   
108,620   
193,304    $

- 
- 
1,200 
- 
- 
83,926 
170,607 
255,733 

Series D
Series E
Series G
Series H
Series H2
Series J
Series K

ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA.

Not Applicable.

- 34 -

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATION.

OVERVIEW

We are focused on solving the challenging problems inherent in biological sample preparation, a crucial laboratory step performed by
scientists worldwide working in biological life sciences research. Sample preparation is a term that refers to a wide range of activities that
precede most forms of scientific analysis. Sample preparation is often complex, time-consuming and, in our belief, one of the most error-
prone steps of scientific research. It is a widely-used laboratory undertaking – the requirements of which drive what we believe is a large
and  growing  worldwide  market.  We  have  developed  and  patented  a  novel,  enabling  technology  platform  that  can  control  the  sample
preparation process. It is based on harnessing the unique properties of high hydrostatic pressure. This process, which we refer to as PCT,
uses alternating cycles of hydrostatic pressure between ambient and ultra-high levels i.e., 20,000 psi or greater to safely, conveniently and
reproducibly  control  the  actions  of  molecules  in  biological  samples,  such  as  cells  and  tissues  from  human,  animal,  plant  and  microbial
sources.

PCT  is  an  enabling  platform  technology  based  on  a  physical  process  that  had  not  previously  been  used  to  control  bio-molecular
interactions.  PCT  uses  internally  developed  instrumentation  that  is  capable  of  cycling  pressure  between  ambient  and  ultra-high  levels  at
controlled  temperatures  and  specific  time  intervals,  to  rapidly  and  repeatedly  control  the  interactions  of  bio-molecules,  such  as  proteins,
DNA,  RNA,  lipids  and  small  molecules.  Our  laboratory  instrument  family,  the  Barocycler®,  and  our  internally  developed  consumables
product line, which include our unique MicroTubes, MicroCaps, MicroPestles, BaroFlex and PULSE® (Pressure Used to Lyse Samples for
Extraction) Tubes, and application specific kits (containing consumable products and reagents), together make up our PCT SPS.

In 2015, together with an investment bank, we formed a subsidiary called Pressure BioSciences Europe (“PBI Europe”) in Poland. We
have 49% ownership interest with the investment bank retaining 51%. As of now, PBI Europe does not have any operating activities and
we cannot reasonably predict when operations will commence. Therefore, we don’t have control of the subsidiary and did not consolidate
them in our financial statements. PBI Europe did not have any operations in 2016.

Patents

PBI has 14 United States granted patents and one foreign granted patent (Japan: 5587770, EXTRACTION AND PARTITIONING OF
MOLECULES)  covering  multiple  applications  of  PCT  in  the  life  sciences  field.  PBI  also  has  19  pending  patents  in  the  USA,  Canada,
Europe, Australia,  China,  and  Taiwan  PCT  employs  a  unique  approach  that  we  believe  has  the  potential  for  broad  use  in  a  number  of
established and emerging life sciences areas, which include, but are not limited to:

● biological sample preparation – including but not limited to sample extraction, homogenization, and digestion - in such study areas

as genomic, proteomic, lipidomic, metabolomic and small molecule;

● pathogen inactivation;

● protein purification;

● control of chemical reactions, particularly enzymatic; and

● immunodiagnostics.

We  are  also  the  exclusive  distributor,  throughout  the  Americas,  for  Constant  System’s  cell  disruption  equipment,  parts,  and
consumables. CS, a British company located several hours northwest of London, England, has been providing niche biomedical equipment,
related consumable products, and services to a global client base since 1989. CS designs, develops, and manufactures high pressure cell
disruption equipment required by life sciences laboratories worldwide, particularly disruption systems for the extraction of proteins. The
CS equipment provides a constant and controlled cell disruptive environment, giving the user superior, constant, and reproducible results
whatever the application. CS has over 900 units installed in over 40 countries worldwide. The CS cell disruption equipment has proven
performance in the extraction of cellular components, such as protein from yeast, bacteria, mammalian cells, and other sample types.

- 35 -

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The  CS  pressure-based  cell  disruption  equipment  and  our  PCT-based  instrumentation  complement  each  other  in  several  important
ways. While both the CS and our technologies are based on high pressure, each product line has fundamental scientific capabilities that the
other  does  not  offer.  Our  PCT  Platform  uses  certain  patented  pressure  mechanisms  to  achieve  small-scale,  molecular  level  effects.  CS’s
technology  uses  different,  proprietary  pressure  mechanisms  for  larger-scale,  non-molecular  level  processing.  In  a  number  of  routine
laboratory applications, such as protein extraction, both effects can be critical to success. Therefore, for protein extraction and a number of
other important scientific applications, we believe laboratories will benefit by using the CS and our products, either separately or together.

Primary Fields of Use and Application for PCT

Sample  preparation  is  widely  regarded  as  a  significant  impediment  to  research  and  discovery  and  sample  extraction  is  generally
regarded  as  one  of  the  key  parts  of  sample  preparation.  The  process  of  preparing  samples  for  genomic,  proteomic,  lipidomic,  and  small
molecule studies includes a crucial step called sample extraction or sample disruption. This is the process of extracting biomolecules such
as nucleic acid i.e., DNA and/or RNA, proteins, lipids, or small molecules from the plant or animal cells and tissues that are being studied.
Our current commercialization efforts are based upon our belief that pressure cycling technology provides a superior solution for sample
extraction  when  compared  to  other  available  technologies  or  procedures  and  thus  might  significantly  improve  the  quality  of  sample
preparation, and thus the quality of the test result.

Within the broad field of biological sample preparation, in particular sample extraction, we focus the majority of our PCT and constant
pressure (“CP”) product development efforts in three specific areas: biomarker discovery (primarily through mass spectrometric analysis),
forensics, and histology. We believe that our existing PCT and CP-based instrumentation and related consumable products fill an important
and  growing  need  in  the  sample  preparation  market  for  the  safe,  rapid,  versatile,  reproducible  and  quality  extraction  of  nucleic  acids,
proteins, lipids, and small molecules from a wide variety of plant, animal, and microbiological cells and tissues.

Biomarker Discovery - Mass Spectrometry

A biomarker is any substance (e.g., protein, DNA) that can be used as an indicator of the presence or absence of a particular disease-
state  or  condition,  and/or  to  measure  the  progression  and  effects  of  therapy.  Biomarkers  can  help  in  the  diagnosis,  prognosis,  therapy,
prevention, surveillance, control, and cure of diseases and medical conditions.

A mass spectrometer is a laboratory instrument used in the analysis of biological samples, often focused on proteins, in life sciences
research.  It  is  frequently  used  to  help  discover  biomarkers. According  to  a  recently  published  market  report  by  Transparency  Market
Research, “Spectrometry Market (Atomic, Molecular and Mass Spectrometry) - Global Scenario, Trends, Industry Analysis, Size, Share &
Forecast 2011 – 2017,” the global spectrometry market was worth $10.2 billion in 2011 and is expected to reach $15.2 billion in 2017,
growing  at  a  compound  annual  growth  rate  of  6.9%  from  2011  to  2017.  In  the  overall  global  market,  the  North American  market  is
expected to maintain its lead position in terms of revenue until 2017 and is expected to have approximately 36.2% of the market revenue
share in 2017, followed by Europe. We believe PCT and CP-based products offer significant advantages in speed and quality compared
with current techniques used in the preparation of samples for mass spectrometry analysis.

- 36 -

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Forensics

The detection of DNA has become a part of the analysis of forensic samples by laboratories and criminal justice agencies worldwide in
their efforts to identify the perpetrators of violent crimes and missing persons. Scientists from the University of North Texas and Florida
International  University  have  reported  improvements  in  DNA  yield  from  forensic  samples  (e.g.,  bone  and  hair)  when  using  the  PCT
platform in the sample preparation process. We believe that PCT may be capable of differentially extracting DNA from sperm cells and
female epithelial cells captured in swabs collected from rape victims and subsequently stored in rape kits. We also believe that there are
many completed rape kits that remain untested for reasons such as cost, time and quality of results. We further believe that the ability to
differentially extract DNA from sperm and not epithelial cells could reduce the cost of such testing, while increasing the quality, safety and
speed of the testing process.

Histology

The most commonly used technique worldwide for the preservation of cancer and other tissues for subsequent pathology evaluation is
process them into formalin-fixed, paraffin-embedded (“FFPE”) tissue samples. We believe that the quality and analysis of FFPE tissues is
highly  problematic,  and  that  PCT  offers  significant  advantages  over  current  processing  methods,  including  standardization,  speed,
biomolecule recovery, and safety.

Our  customers  include  researchers  at  academic  laboratories,  government  agencies,  biotechnology  companies,  pharmaceutical  firms,
and other life science institutions in the North, Central, and South America; Europe, and Asia. Our goal is to continue aggressive market
penetration  in  these  target  groups.  We  also  believe  that  there  is  a  significant  opportunity  to  sell  and/or  lease  additional  Barocycler®
instrumentation to additional laboratories at current customer institutions.

If we are successful in commercializing PCT in applications beyond our current focus area of genomic, proteomic, lipidomic, and small
molecule sample preparation, and if we are successful in our attempts to attract additional capital, our potential customer base could expand
to include hospitals, reference laboratories, pharmaceutical manufacturing plants and other sites involved in each specific application. If we
are  successful  in  forensics,  our  potential  customers  could  be  forensic  laboratories,  military  and  other  government  agencies.  If  we  are
successful  in  histology  (extraction  of  biomolecules  from  FFPE  tissues),  our  potential  customers  could  be  pharmaceutical  companies,
hospitals, and laboratories focused on drug discovery or correlation of disease states.

Going Concern

We  have  experienced  negative  cash  flows  from  operations  with  respect  to  our  pressure  cycling  technology  business  since  our
inception. As of December 31, 2016, we did not have adequate working capital resources to satisfy our current liabilities and as a result we
have  substantial  doubt  about  our  ability  to  continue  as  a  going  concern.  Based  on  our  current  projections,  including  equity  financing
subsequent to December 31, 2016, we believe we will have the cash resources that will enable us to continue to fund normal operations into
the foreseeable future.

The audit report issued by our independent registered public accounting firm on our audited consolidated financial statements for the
fiscal year ended December 31, 2016, contains an explanatory paragraph regarding our ability to continue as a going concern. The audit
report  issued  by  our  independent  registered  public  accounting  firm  for  our  financial  statements  for  the  fiscal  year  ended  December  31,
2016 states that our auditing firm has substantial doubt in our ability to continue as a going concern due to the risk that we may not have
sufficient cash and liquid assets to cover our operating and capital requirements for the next twelve-month period; and, if sufficient cash
cannot be obtained, we would have to substantially alter, or possibly even discontinue, operations. The accompanying financial statements
do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

The conditions described above could adversely affect our ability to obtain additional financing on favorable terms, if at all, and may
cause investors to have reservations about our long-term prospects, and may adversely affect our relationships with customers. There can be
no assurance that our auditing firm will not issue the same opinion in the future. If we cannot successfully continue as a going concern, our
stockholders may lose their entire investment in us.

- 37 -

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Year Ended December 31, 2016 as compared with December 31, 2015

Revenue

We  had  total  revenue  of  $1,976,487,  in  the  year  ended  December  31,  2016  as  compared  with  $1,797,691  in  the  prior  year,  a  10%

increase. The increase was due to product sales growth.

Products, Services, and Other. Revenue from the sale of products and services was $1,794,749 in the year ended December 31, 2016
compared with $1,409,991 in the year ended December 31, 2015, a 27% increase. Revenue included sales of both PBI and CS’s pressure-
based products. Sales of instrumentation increased in 2016 by $369,909 or 44%, from $835,611 for FY 2015 to $1,205,520 for FY 2016.
Sales of consumables were $199,873 for the year ended December 31, 2016 compared to $146,408 for the same period in 2015, an increase
of $53,465 or 37%. Products, Services, and Other Revenue included $63,956 from non-cash transactions in the current year while the prior
year  included  non-cash  transactions  of  $78,743.  Revenue  from  non-cash  transactions  was  recognized  on  the  fair  value  of  the  assets
involved per ASC 845.

Grant Revenue.  During  2016,  we  recorded  $181,738  of  grant  revenue  as  compared  with  $387,700  in  2015.  In  December  2014,  the
Company was awarded a $1,020,969 SBIR Phase II grant (2R44HG007136) from the National Human Genome Research Institute of the
NIH. Entitled “High Pressure Sample Preparation Instrumentation for DNA Sequencing”, this grant is helping to fund the development of
an  automated,  high-throughput,  high  pressure  system  (instrument  and  consumables)  to  enable  significantly  better  control  of  DNA
fragmentation  -  a  critical  step  in  the  preparation  of  samples  for  Next  Generation  Sequencing  platforms.  This  system  will  be  based  on
significant technological advancements over the classic hydrodynamic DNA shearing approach that has been successfully and widely used
in the field of DNA sequencing for many years.

Cost of Products and Services

The cost of products and services was $834,012 for the year ended December 31, 2016, compared with $609,054 in 2015. Our gross
profit margin on products and services was 58% for FY 2016 vs. 66% for FY 2015. The current year margin was affected by the transfer of
personnel to operations from sales and marketing. The relationship between the cost of products and services and revenue depends greatly
on the mix of instruments we sell, the quantity of such instruments, and the mix of consumable products and instrument accessories that we
sell in a given period.

Research and Development

Research and development expenditures were $1,183,011 for 2016 compared to $1,105,295 in 2015, an increase of $77,716 or 7%. This
increase resulted primarily from the addition of a Ph.D. level electrical engineer, costs related to the continued development of an enhanced
rape  kit  test  based  on  the  PCT  Platform,  and  a  rent  increase  related  to  additional  R&D  space.  Research  and  development  expense  also
included $65,500 and $50,617 of non-cash, stock-based compensation in 2016 and 2015, respectively.

Selling and Marketing

Selling and marketing expenses were $872,365 in 2016 compared to $745,574 in 2015, an increase of $126,791, or 17%. This increase
is primarily attributed to an increase in employee staffing, collaboration activities, and rental space for product demonstrations. Selling and
marketing expense included $42,314 and $32,704 of non-cash stock based compensation expense in 2016 and 2015, respectively.

General and Administrative

General  and  administrative  costs  were  $2,822,752  in  the  year  ended  December  31,  2016,  as  compared  with  $2,902,950  in  2015,  a
decrease of $80,198 or 3%. This decrease was due primarily to credits received from charges incurred with a former professional service
provider offset by additional stock-based compensation. During the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, general and administrative
expense included $272,150 and $125,668 of non-cash, stock-based compensation expense, respectively.

- 38 -

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Operating Loss

Our operating loss was $3,735,653 for the year ended December 31, 2016 as compared to $3,565,182 for the prior year, an increase of
$170,471  or  5%.  This  increase  in  operating  loss  was  due  primarily  to  increases  in  R&D  and  Sales  and  Marketing  expenses,  off-set  to  a
certain extent by an increase in total revenue.

Other income (expense), net

Interest  Expense. Net interest expense totaled $4,501,186 for the year ended December 31, 2016 as compared to interest expense of
$4,146,416 for the year ended December 31, 2015. In connection with loans issued in 2015 and 2016, we are amortizing deferred financing
costs and imputed interest against the debt discount on loans.

Other income (expense) net

We  recognized  $1,112  in  expense  during  2016,  compared  to  $36,879  of  expense  from  the  initial  fair  value  calculation  on  the

conversion option on our convertible debt instruments in 2015.

Impairment loss on investment

The value of our investment in common stock of Everest Investments Holdings S.A. (“Everest”) has declined since the date of receipt
of the stock in 2015. We evaluated the decline and considered it as an “other than temporary impairment” reduction. Thus, the impairment
loss was recognized as a charge in the consolidated statements of operations. During 2016, we recorded total impairment losses related to
$373,682 which represented the reduction in value of these securities.

Gain on extinguishment of embedded derivative liabilities

In  connection  with  full  payments  of  convertible  debt,  we  recorded  non-cash  gains  of  $2,555,180  on  short-term  loans  relating  to  the

conversion options issued with the loans in 2015.

Change in fair value of derivative liabilities

During the year ended December 31, 2016, we recorded non-cash income of $5,904,649 from warrant and conversion option liability
revaluations in our consolidated statements of operations due to a decrease in the fair value of the derivative warrants and the conversion
option liabilities on our debt. This decrease in fair value was primarily due to a decrease in the price per share of our common stock. During
the year ended December 31, 2015, we recorded non-cash charges of $2,222,001 for warrant and conversion option liability revaluations
due to an increase in fair value of the liabilities.

Income Taxes

We did not record an income tax benefit or provision for the years ended December 31, 2016 or 2015.

Net Loss

During the year ended December 31, 2016, we recorded a net loss applicable to common stockholders of $2,706,984 or $(0.10) per
share, as compared with $7,438,492 or $(0.36) per share during the year ended December 31, 2015. This decrease in net loss is primarily
attributable to the current year non-cash income from warrant and conversion option liability revaluations.

- 39 -

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
LIQUIDITY AND FINANCIAL CONDITION

As  of  December  31,  2016,  we  did  not  have  adequate  working  capital  resources  to  satisfy  our  current  liabilities.  We  have  been
successful in raising cash through debt and equity offerings in the past. We issued a promissory note in the aggregate principal amount of
up to $2,000,000 in October 2016 that we can draw funds from, and, through March 1, 2017, we have drawn down the entire $2 million
($750,000 subsequent to December 31, 2016). We have efforts in place to continue to raise cash through debt and equity offerings.

We believe our current and projected capital raising plans, and our projected continued increases in revenue, will enable us to extend
our cash resources for the foreseeable future. Although we have successfully completed equity and debt financings and reduced expenses in
the past, we cannot assure you that our plans to address these matters in the future will be successful.

We  believe  we  will  need  approximately  $15  million  in  additional  capital  to  fund  our  three-pronged  operational  plan,  which  was

designed to help increase revenues and reach profitability, by:

A.

implementing a next-generation upgrade to our product line and offering a superior instrument with greater net margins;

B. gaining additional non-dilutive monies from governmental research and development applications, and/or engineering projects; and

C. hiring a small team of sales and marketing persons to target research facilities and academic institutions, and cultivate our current

customer list of pharmaceutical, military and paramilitary organizations.

However, if we are unable to obtain such funds through sales, the capital markets or other source of financing on acceptable terms, or
at  all,  we  will  likely  be  required  to  cease  our  operations,  pursue  a  plan  to  sell  our  operating  assets,  or  otherwise  modify  our  business
strategy, which could materially harm our future business prospects. These conditions raise substantive doubt about our ability to continue
as a going concern.

Net cash used in operating activities was $3,805,851 for the year ended December 31, 2016 as compared with $3,819,746 for the year
ended  December  31,  2015.  Our  accounts  payable  balance  was  $407,249  as  of  December  31,  2016,  as  compared  with  $941,389  as  of
December 31, 2015, a decrease of 57% from 2015. Accounts payable should continue to become more current as we continue to secure
more capital and funds from operations; this should allow for more timely payments to our vendors.

We invested $7,203 in fixed assets during the year ended December 31, 2016 as compared with $9,412 investment in fixed assets in

the prior year.

Net cash provided by financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2016 was $3,834,634 as compared with $3,471,993 in the

prior year.

In 2016,

A $2,105,420 in  aggregate  net proceeds  were  raised  from  sales  of  convertible  debentures  and  $107,000  payments  were  made  for

convertible debt.

B Loans  in  the  aggregate amount of $1,022,784 were received during the year and we made payments on new and existing debt of

$947,702.

C From August 29 through December 31, 2016, we completed five tranches of a private placement, pursuant to which we sold and
issued an aggregate of 1,525,000 shares of common stock, for a purchase price of $0.40 per share, resulting in net proceeds to us of
$530,965.

D  $1,133,500 in aggregate net proceeds were drawn down from a revolving note facility.

E $116,667 net proceeds were received from related party debt and we made payments of $20,000

Our common stock is currently traded on the OTCQB tier of the OTC Markets under the trading symbol “PBIO.”

- 40 -

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Royalty Commitments

In 1996, we acquired our initial equity interest in BioSeq, Incorporated (“BioSeq”). At the time, BioSeq was developing our original
pressure cycling technology. They acquired its pressure cycling technology from BioMolecular Assays, Inc. (“ BMA”) under a technology
transfer  and  patent  assignment  agreement.  In  1998,  we  purchased  all  of  the  remaining,  outstanding  capital  stock  of  BioSeq;  and,
consequently, the technology transfer and patent assignment agreement was amended to require us to pay BMA a 5% royalty on our sales of
products  or  services  that  incorporate  or  utilize  the  original  pressure  cycling  technology  that  BioSeq  acquired  from  BMA.  Similarly,  the
Company is required to pay BMA 5% of the proceeds from any sale, transfer or license of all or any portion of the original pressure cycling
technology.  These  payment  obligations  terminated  March  7,  2016.  During  the  year  ended  December  31,  2016  and  2015,  we  incurred
approximately $6,963 and $31,301, respectively, in royalty expense associated with our obligation to BMA.

In  connection  with  our  acquisition  of  BioSeq,  we  licensed  certain  limited  rights  to  the  original  pressure  cycling  technology  back  to
BMA. This license is non-exclusive and limits the use of the original pressure cycling technology by BMA solely for molecular applications
in scientific research and development, and in scientific plant research and development. BMA is required to pay us a royalty equal to 20%
of any license or other fees and royalties, but not including research support and similar payments, it receives in connection with any sale,
assignment, license or other transfer of any rights granted to BMA under the license. BMA was required to pay us these royalties until the
expiration of the patents held by BioSeq in March 2016. We have not received any royalty payments from BMA under this license.

Battelle Memorial Institute

In December 2008, we entered into an exclusive patent license agreement with the Battelle Memorial Institute (“Battelle”). The licensed
technology is described in the patent application filed by Battelle on July 31, 2008 (US serial number 12/183,219). This application includes
subject  matter  related  to  a  method  and  a  system  for  improving  the  analysis  of  protein  samples  including,  through  an  automated  system,
utilizing pressure and a pre-selected agent to obtain a digested sample in a significantly shorter period of time than current methods, while
maintaining the integrity of the sample throughout the preparatory process. Pursuant to the terms of the agreement, we paid Battelle a non-
refundable initial fee of $35,000. In addition to royalty payments on net sales on “licensed products,” we are obligated to make minimum
royalty  payments  for  each  year  we  retain  the  rights  outlined  in  the  patent  license  agreement;  and,  we  are  required  to  have  our  first
commercial sale of the licensed products within one year following the issuance of the patent covered by the licensed technology. After re-
negotiating the terms of the contract in 2013, the minimum annual royalty was $1,200 in 2014 and $2,000 in 2015; the minimum royalties
are $3,000 in 2016, $4,000 in 2017 and $5,000 in 2018 and each calendar year thereafter during the term of the agreement.

Target Discovery Inc.

In  March  2010,  we  signed  a  strategic  product  licensing,  manufacturing,  co-marketing,  and  collaborative  research  and  development
agreement with Target Discovery Inc. (“TDI”). Under the terms of the agreement, we have been licensed by TDI to manufacture and sell a
highly  innovative  line  of  chemicals  used  in  the  preparation  of  tissues  for  scientific  analysis  (“TDI  reagents”).  The  TDI  reagents  were
designed for use in combination with our pressure cycling technology. The respective companies believe that the combination of PCT and
the  TDI  reagents  can  fill  an  existing  need  in  life  science  research  for  an  automated  method  for  rapid  extraction  and  recovery  of  intact,
functional proteins associated with cell membranes in tissue samples. We did not incur any royalty obligation under this agreement in 2016
or 2015. We executed an amendment to this agreement on October 1, 2016 wherein we agreed to pay a monthly fee of $1,400 for the use of
a lab bench, shared space and other utilities, and $2,000 per day for technical support services as needed.

- 41 -

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Severance and Change of Control Agreements

Each  of  Mr.  Schumacher,  Dr.  Ting,  Dr.  Lazarev,  and  Dr.  Lawrence,  executive  officers  of  the  Company,  are  entitled  to  receive  a

severance payment if terminated by us without cause. The severance benefits would include a payment in an amount equal to one year of
such executive officer’s annualized base salary compensation plus accrued paid time off. Additionally, the officer will be entitled to receive
medical and dental insurance coverage for one year following the date of termination.

Pursuant  to  severance  agreements  with  each  of  Mr.  Schumacher,  Dr.  Ting,  Dr.  Lazarev  and  Dr.  Lawrence,  each  such  executive
officers, is entitled to receive a change of control payment in an amount equal to one year (other than Mr. Schumacher) of such executive
officer’s annualized base salary compensation, accrued paid time off, and medical and dental coverage, in the event of a change of control
of our Company. In the case of Mr. Schumacher, his payment is equal to two years of annualized base salary compensation, accrued paid
time off, and two years of medical and dental coverage.

Pursuant to our equity incentive plans, any unvested stock options held by a named executive officer will become fully vested upon a

change in control (as defined in the 2005 Equity Incentive Plan) of our Company.

Lease Commitments

We lease building space under non-cancelable leases in South Easton, MA and lab space in Medford, MA. Rental costs are expensed
as incurred. During 2016 and 2015 we incurred $125,819 and $105,169, respectively, in rent expense for the use of our corporate office and
research and development facilities.

Following  is  a  schedule  by  years  of  future  minimum  rental  payments  required  under  operating  leases  with  initial  or  remaining  non-

cancelable lease terms in excess of one year as of December 31, 2016:

2017
Thereafter

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

  $

   $

122,220 
- 
122,220 

We do not have any off-balance sheet arrangements as of December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015.

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND ESTIMATES

Principles of Consolidation

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Pressure BioSciences, Inc., and its wholly-owned subsidiary PBI BioSeq,

Inc. All intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

Use of Estimates

To prepare our consolidated financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of
America,  we  are  required  to  make  significant  estimates  and  assumptions  that  affect  the  reported  amounts  of  assets  and  liabilities  and
disclosure  of  contingent  assets  and  liabilities  at  the  date  of  the  financial  statements  and  the  reported  amounts  of  revenues  and  expenses
during the reporting period. In addition, significant estimates were made in projecting future cash flows to quantify deferred tax assets, the
costs associated with fulfilling our warranty obligations for the instruments that we sell, and the estimates employed in our calculation of
fair value of stock options awarded and warrant derivative liability. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other
assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the
carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results could differ from the estimates and
assumptions used.

- 42 -

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Revenue Recognition

We  recognize  revenue  in  accordance  with  FASB  ASC  605,  Revenue  Recognition.  Revenue  is  recognized  when  realized  or  when
realizable and earned when all the following criteria have been met: persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists; goods were shipped,
delivery of service has occurred and risk of loss has passed to the customer; the seller’s price to the buyer is fixed or determinable; and
collectability is reasonably assured.

Our  current  Barocycler®  instruments  require  a  basic  level  of  instrumentation  expertise  to  set-up  for  initial  operation.  To  support  a
favorable  first  experience  for  our  customers,  upon  customer  request,  and  for  an  additional  fee,  will  send  a  highly  trained  technical
representative  to  the  customer  site  to  install  Barocycler®s  that  we  sell,  lease,  or  rent  through  our  domestic  sales  force.  The  installation
process  includes  uncrating  and  setting  up  the  instrument,  followed  by  introductory  user  training.  Product  revenue  related  to  current
Barocycler®  instrumentation  and  Constant  Systems  products  is  recognized  upon  shipment  of  the  unit.  In  the  case  where  the  customer
requests installation and training, the additional revenue related to the installation and training is recognized upon the completion of the
installation  and  introductory  training  process  of  the  instrumentation  at  the  customer  location.  Product  revenue  related  to  sales  of  PCT
instrumentation to our foreign distributors is recognized upon shipment through a common carrier. We provide for the expected costs of
warranty upon the recognition of revenue for the sales of our instrumentation. Our sales arrangements do not provide our customers with a
right of return. Product revenue related to our consumable products such as PULSE® Tubes, MicroTubes, and application specific kits is
recorded upon shipment through a common carrier. Shipping costs are included in sales and marketing expense. Any shipping costs billed
to customers are recognized as revenue.

We  apply  ASC  845,  “Accounting  for  Non-Monetary  Transactions”,  to  account  for  products  and  services  sold  through  non-cash
transactions  based  on  the  fair  values  of  the  products  and  services  involved,  where  such  values  can  be  determined.  Non-cash  exchanges
would require revenue to be recognized at recorded cost or carrying value of the assets or services sold if any of the following conditions
apply:

a) The fair value of the asset or service involved is not determinable.

b) The transaction is an exchange of a product or property held for sale in the ordinary course of business for a product or property to

be sold in the same line of business to facilitate sales to customers other than the parties to the exchange.

c) The transaction lacks commercial substance.

  We currently record revenue for its non-cash transactions at recorded cost or carrying value of the assets or services sold.

In accordance with FASB ASC 840,  Leases, we account for our lease agreements under the operating method. We record revenue over
the life of the lease term and we record depreciation expense on a straight-line basis over the thirty-six month estimated useful life of the
Barocycler® instrument. The depreciation expense associated with assets under lease agreement is included in the “Cost of PCT products
and  services”  line  item  in  our  accompanying  consolidated  statements  of  operations.  Many  of  our  lease  and  rental  agreements  allow  the
lessee to purchase the instrument at any point during the term of the agreement with partial or full credit for payments previously made.
We pay all maintenance costs associated with the instrument during the term of the leases.

Revenue  from  government  grants  is  recorded  when  expenses  are  incurred  under  the  grant  in  accordance  with  the  terms  of  the  grant

award.

Revenue from the sale of CS’s cell disruption equipment, parts, and consumables is recognized when products are shipped.

- 43 -

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Deferred  revenue  represents  amounts  received  from  grants  and  service  contracts  for  which  the  related  revenues  have  not  been
recognized because one or more of the revenue recognition criteria have not been met. Revenue from service contracts is recorded ratably
over the length of the contract.

Our  transactions  sometimes  involve  multiple  elements  i.e.,  products  and  services.  Revenue  under  multiple  element  arrangements  is
recognized in accordance with FASB ASC 605-25 Multiple-Element Arrangements (“ASC 605”). When vendor specific objective evidence
or third party evidence of selling price for deliverables in an arrangement cannot be determined, we Company develop a best estimate of
the selling price to separate deliverables, and allocates arrangement consideration using the relative selling price method. Additionally, this
guidance  eliminates  the  residual  method  of  allocation.  If  an  arrangement  includes  undelivered  elements  that  are  not  essential  to  the
functionality  of  the  delivered  elements,  we  defer  the  fair  value  of  the  undelivered  elements  with  the  residual  revenue  allocated  to  the
delivered  elements.  Fair  value  is  determined  based  upon  the  price  charged  when  the  element  is  sold  separately.  If  there  is  not  sufficient
evidence  of  the  fair  value  of  the  undelivered  elements,  no  revenue  is  allocated  to  the  delivered  elements  and  the  total  consideration
received is deferred until delivery of those elements for which objective and reliable evidence of the fair value is not available. We provide
certain customers with extended service contracts with revenue recognized ratably over the life of the contract.

Intangible Assets

We  have  classified  as  intangible  assets,  costs  associated  with  the  fair  value  of  acquired  intellectual  property.  Intangible  assets,
including patents, are being amortized on a straight-line basis over sixteen years. We perform an annual review of our intangible assets for
impairment. When impairment is indicated, any excess of carrying value over fair value is recorded as a loss. As of December 31, 2016 and
2015, the outstanding balance for intangible assets was zero.

Long-Lived Assets

The  Company’s  long-lived  assets  are  reviewed  for  impairment  in  accordance  with  the  guidance  of  the  FASB  ASC  360-10-05,
Property, Plant, and Equipment , whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the asset may not be
recoverable. Recoverability of an asset to be held and used is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount of an asset to the future
undiscounted cash flows expected to be generated by the asset. If such asset is considered to be impaired, the impairment to be recognized
is measured by the amount by which the carrying amount of the asset exceeds its fair value. Through December 31, 2016, the Company had
not experienced impairment losses on its long-lived assets. While our current and historical operating losses and cash flow are indicators of
impairment, we performed an impairment test at December 31, 2016 and determined that such long-lived assets were not impaired.

Warrant Derivative Liability

The warrants issued in November 2011 in connection with the registered direct offering of Series D Convertible Preferred Stock (the
“Series  D  Warrants”)  and  the  warrants  issued  in  2015  and  2016  in  connection  with  the  $6.3  million  PIPE  convertible  debentures  (the
“Debenture  Warrants”)  are  measured  at  fair  value  and  liability-classified  because  the  Series  D  Warrants  Debenture  Warrants  contained
“down-round  protection”  and  therefore,  did  not  meet  the  scope  exception  for  treatment  as  a  derivative  under ASC  815, Derivatives  and
Hedging.  Since  “down-round  protection”  is  not  an  input  into  the  calculation  of  the  fair  value  of  the  warrants,  the  warrants  cannot  be
considered indexed to the Company’s own stock which is a requirement for the scope exception as outlined under ASC 815. The estimated
fair  value  of  the  warrants  was  determined  using  the  binomial  model,  resulting  in  an  allocation  of  the  gross  proceeds  of  $283,725  to  the
warrants issued in the Series D registered direct offering.

In connection with the sale of convertible debentures in 2015 and 2016, the estimated fair value of the warrants was determined using
the binomial model, resulting in an allocation of the gross proceeds of $2,847,624 to the warrants issued with convertible debentures. The
fair value will be affected by changes in inputs to that model including our stock price, expected stock price volatility, the contractual term,
and the risk-free interest rate. We will continue to classify the fair value of the warrants as a liability until the warrants are exercised, expire
or are amended in a way that would no longer require these warrants to be classified as a liability, whichever comes first.

The down-round protection for the Debenture Warrants and Series D Warrants survives for the life of the Warrants. The down-round

protection for the Series D Warrants ends in May 2017.

- 44 -

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Conversion Option Liability

We have signed convertible notes and have determined that conversion options are embedded in the notes and it is required to bifurcate
the conversion option from the host contract under ASC 815 and account for the derivatives at fair value. The estimated fair value of the
conversion options was determined using the binomial model. The fair value of the conversion options will be classified as a liability until
the debt is converted by the note holders or paid back by the Company. The fair value will be affected by changes in inputs to that model
including our stock price, expected stock price volatility, the contractual term, and the risk-free interest rate. We will continue to classify
the fair value of the conversion options as a liability until the conversion options are exercised, expire or are amended in a way that would
no longer require these conversion options to be classified as a liability, whichever comes first. We have adopted a sequencing policy that
reclassifies  contracts  (from  equity  to  liabilities)  with  the  most  recent  inception  date  first.  Thus  any  available  shares  are  allocated  first  to
contracts with the most recent inception dates.

Accounts Receivable and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

We maintain allowances for estimated losses resulting from the inability of our customers to make required payments. Judgments are
used  in  determining  the  allowance  for  doubtful  accounts  and  are  based  on  a  combination  of  factors.  Such  factors  include  historical
collection experience, credit policy and specific customer collection issues. In circumstances where we are aware of a specific customer’s
inability to meet its financial obligations to us (e.g., due to a bankruptcy filing), we record a specific reserve for bad debts against amounts
due to reduce the net recognized receivable to the amount we reasonably believe will be collected. We perform ongoing credit evaluations
of our customers and continuously monitor collections and payments from our customers. While actual bad debts have historically been
within our expectations and the provisions established, we cannot guarantee that we will continue to experience the same bad debt rates
that  we  have  in  the  past.  A  significant  change  in  the  liquidity  or  financial  position  of  any  of  our  customers  could  result  in  the
uncollectability of the related accounts receivable and could adversely impact our operating cash flows in that period.

Inventories

Inventories are valued at the lower of cost (average cost) or market (sales price). The cost of Barocyclers consists of the cost charged by
the contract manufacturer. The cost of manufactured goods includes material, freight-in, direct labor, and applicable overhead. In assessing
the  ultimate  realization  of  inventories,  management  judgment  is  required  to  determine  the  reserve  for  obsolete  or  excess  inventory.
Inventory on hand may exceed future demand either because the product is obsolete, or because the amount on hand is more than can be
used to meet future needs. We provide for the total value of inventories that we determine to be obsolete or excess based on criteria such as
customer demand and changing technologies. We historically have not experienced significant inaccuracies in computing our reserves for
obsolete or excess inventory.

Equity Transactions

We evaluate the proper classification of our equity instruments that embody an unconditional obligation requiring the issuer to redeem
it by transferring assets at a determinable date or that contain certain conditional obligations, typically classified as equity, be classified as a
liability. We record amortized financing costs associated with our capital raising efforts in our consolidated statements of operations. These
include  amortization  of  debt  issue  costs  such  as  cash,  common  stock  and  warrants  and  other  securities  issued  to  finders  and  placement
agents,  and  amortization  of  debt  discount  created  by  in-the-money  conversion  features  on  convertible  debt  and  allocates  the  proceeds
amongst the securities based on relative fair values. We based our estimates and assumptions on the best information available at the time
of  valuation;  however,  changes  in  these  estimates  and  assumptions  could  have  a  material  effect  on  the  valuation  of  the  underlying
instruments.

Stock-Based Compensation

We  account  for  employee  and  non-employee  director  stock-based  compensation  using  the  fair  value  method  of  accounting.
Compensation cost arising from stock options to employees and non-employee directors is recognized using the straight-line method over
the vesting period, which represents the requisite service or performance period. The calculation of stock-based compensation requires us
to estimate several factors, most notably the term, volatility and forfeitures. We estimate the option term using historical terms and estimate
volatility  based  on  historical  volatility  of  our  common  stock  over  the  option’s  expected  term.  Expected  forfeitures  based  on  historical
forfeitures  are  used  in  calculating  the  expense  related  to  stock-based  compensation  associated  with  stock  awards.  Our  estimates  and
assumptions  are  based  on  the  best  information  available  at  the  time  of  valuation;  however,  changes  in  these  estimates  and  assumptions
could have a material effect on the valuation of the underlying instruments.

ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK.

Not Applicable

- 45 -

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of
Pressure BioSciences, Inc. and Subsidiary
South Easton, Massachusetts

We  have  audited  the  consolidated  balance  sheets  of  Pressure  BioSciences,  Inc.  and  Subsidiary  (collectively,  the  “Company”)  as  of
December 31, 2016 and 2015, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive loss, changes in stockholders’ deficit,
and  cash  flows  for  the  years  then  ended.  These  financial  statements  are  the  responsibility  of  the  Company’s  management.  Our
responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We  conducted  our  audits  in  accordance  with  the  standards  of  the  Public  Company Accounting  Oversight  Board  (United  States).  Those
standards require that we plan and perform an audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are
free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over
financial reporting. Our audit included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures
that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal
control  over  financial  reporting. Accordingly,  we  express  no  such  opinion. An  audit  also  includes  examining,  on  a  test  basis,  evidence
supporting the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles
used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our
audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In  our  opinion,  the  consolidated  financial  statements  referred  to  above  present  fairly,  in  all  material  respects,  the  financial  position  of
Pressure BioSciences, Inc. and Subsidiary as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the
years then ended in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

The accompanying financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern. As discussed in
Note  2  to  the  consolidated  financial  statements,  the  Company  has  a  working  capital  deficit  and  has  incurred  recurring  net  losses  and
negative  cash  flows  from  operations.  These  conditions  raise  substantial  doubt  about  its  ability  to  continue  as  a  going  concern.
Management’s  plans  regarding  those  matters  are  also  described  in  Note  2.  The  financial  statements  do  not  include  any  adjustments  that
might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

/s/ MaloneBailey LLP

Houston, Texas
March 22, 2017

- 46 -

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PRESSURE BIOSCIENCES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
DECEMBER 31, 2016 AND 2015

  December 31, 2016  

  December 31, 2015  

  $

138,363    $

ASSETS

CURRENT ASSETS
Cash and cash equivalents
Accounts receivable, net of $28,169 reserve at December 31, 2016 and $0 at
December 31, 2015
Inventories, net of $20,000 reserve at December 31, 2016 and $50,000 at December
31, 2015
Prepaid income taxes
Prepaid expenses and other current assets

Total current assets

Investment in available-for-sale equity securities
Property and equipment, net
TOTAL ASSETS

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT

CURRENT LIABILITIES
Accounts payable
Accrued employee compensation
Accrued professional fees and other
Deferred revenue
Revolving note payable, net of unamortized debt discounts of $637,030 and $0,
respectively
Convertible debt, net of unamortized discounts of $2,235,839 and $0, respectively
Other debt, net of unamortized discounts of $380 and $3,041, respectively
Warrant derivative liabilities
Conversion option derivative liabilities

Total current liabilities
LONG TERM LIABILITIES

  $

  $

Related party convertible debt, net of unamortized debt discounts of $165,611 and
$0, respectively
Convertible debt, net of unamortized discounts of $740,628 and $5,223,658,
respectively
Deferred revenue
TOTAL LIABILITIES
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (Note 7)
STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT
Series D Convertible Preferred Stock, $.01 par value; 850 shares authorized; 300
shares issued and outstanding on December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively
(Liquidation value of $300,000)
Series G Convertible Preferred Stock, $.01 par value; 240,000 shares authorized;
86,570 shares issued and outstanding on December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively  
Series H Convertible Preferred Stock, $.01 par value; 10,000 shares authorized;
10,000 shares issued and outstanding on December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively  
Series H2 Convertible Preferred Stock, $.01 par value; 21 shares authorized; 21
shares issued and outstanding on December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively
Series J Convertible Preferred Stock, $.01 par value; 6,250 shares authorized; 3,521
and 3,546 shares issued and outstanding on December 31, 2016 and 2015,
respectively
Series K Convertible Preferred Stock, $.01 par value; 15,000 shares authorized;
6,816 and 11,416 shares issued and outstanding on December 31, 2016 and 2015,
respectively
Common stock, $.01 par value; 100,000,000 shares authorized; 30,999,839 and
23,004,898 shares issued and outstanding on December 31, 2016 and 2015,
respectively
Warrants to acquire common stock
Additional paid-in capital
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
Accumulated deficit

Total stockholders’ deficit

TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT

  $

281,320    

905,284    
7,405   
258,103   
1,590,475    
25,865   
9,413   
1,625,753     $

407,249     $
249,596   
956,884    
159,654    

612,970    
4,005,702    
238,157   
1,685,108   
951,059   
9,266,379    

125,523   

529,742    
87,527    
10,009,171    

3   

866   

100   

-   

35   

68   

116,783 

113,256 

1,038,371 
7,381 
213,926 
1,489,717 
294,522 
20,149 
1,804,388 

941,389 
176,009 
821,088 
140,878 

- 
100,000 
151,628 
3,295,976 
3,940,791 
9,567,759 

- 

177,342 
36,935 
9,782,036 

3 

866 

100 

- 

36 

114 

309,998   
6,325,102    
27,244,600    
-  
(42,264,190)  
(8,383,418)  
1,625,753     $

230,050 
5,416,681 
26,036,733 
(105,025)
(39,557,206)
(7,977,648)
1,804,388 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

- 47 -

 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PRESSURE BIOSCIENCES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2016 AND 2015

Revenue:
Products, services, other
Grant revenue

Total revenue

Costs and expenses:
Cost of products and services
Research and development
Selling and marketing
General and administrative

Total operating costs and expenses

Operating loss

Other (expense) income:
Interest expense
Other expense
Impairment loss on investment
Gain on extinguishment of embedded derivative liabilities
Change in fair value of derivative liabilities

Total other (expense) income

Net loss
Accrued dividends on convertible preferred stock

Net loss applicable to common shareholders

Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders - basic and diluted

For the Year Ended
December 31,

2016

2015

  $

1,794,749    $
181,738   
1,976,487   

1,409,991 
387,700 
1,797,691 

834,012   
1,183,011   
872,365   
2,822,752   
5,712,140   

609,054 
1,105,295 
745,574 
2,902,950 
5,362,873 

(3,735,653)  

(3,565,182)

(4,501,186)  
(1,112)  
(373,682)  
-   
5,904,649   
1,028,669   

(2,706,984)  
-   

(4,146,416)
(36,879)
- 
2,555,180 
(2,222,001)
(3,850,116)

(7,415,298)
(23,194)

  $

  $

(2,706,984)   $

(7,438,492)

(0.10)   $

(0.36)

Weighted average common stock shares outstanding used in the basic and diluted net loss per
share calculation

27,339,362   

20,726,205 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

- 48 -

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PRESSURE BIOSCIENCES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE LOSS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2016 AND 2015

Comprehensive Loss

Net loss

Other comprehensive loss
Unrealized loss on marketable securities

Comprehensive loss

- 49 -

For the Year Ended
December 31,

2016

2015

  $

(2,706,984)   $

(7,415,298)

105,025   

(105,025)

  $

(2,601,959)   $

(7,520,323)

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
PRESSURE BIOSCIENCES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2016 AND 2015

Series D Preferred
Stock

  Shares     Amount
300    $
-     
-     
-     
-     
-     

BALANCE, December 31, 2014

Stock-based compensation
Issuance of common stock for services
Warrant revaluation
Stock exchange with Everest Investments
Issuance of warrants for services
Conversion of debt and interest for common
stock
Dividends earned
Unrealized loss on investments, net of tax
Net loss

BALANCE, December 31, 2015

Stock-based compensation
Issuance of common stock for services
Warrant revaluation
Warrant exercise
Stock exchange with Everest Investments
Issuance of warrants for services
Conversion of debt and interest for common
stock
Issuance of common stock for dividends
paid-in-kind
Conversion of Series J convertible preferred
stock
Conversion of Series K convertible preferred
stock
Common Stock offering
Offering costs for issuance of common stock  
Stock issued with debt
Warrants issued with debt
Unrealized loss on investments, net of tax
Net loss

BALANCE, December 31, 2016

-     
-     
-     
-     
300    $
-     
-     
-     
-     
-     
-     

-     

-     

-     

-     
-     
-     
-     
-     
-     
-     
300    $

Series G Preferred
Stock

Series H Preferred
Stock
    Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount

Series H(2)Preferred
Stock

3      86,570    $
-     
-     
-     
-     
-     
-     
-     
-     
-     
-     

-     
-     
-     
-     
-     
-     
-     
-     
3      86,570    $
-     
-     
-     
-     
-     
-     
-     
-     
-     
-     
-     
-     

-     

-     

-     

-     

-     

-     

866      10,000    $
-     
-     
-     
-     
-     

-     
-     
-     
-     
-     

-     
-     
-     
-     

-     
-     
-     
-     
866      10,000    $
-     
-     
-     
-     
-     
-     

-     
-     
-     
-     
-     
-     

-     

-     

-     

-     

-     

-     

-     
-     
-     
-     
-     
-     
-     
-     
-     
-     
-     
-     
-     
-     
3      86,570    $

-     
-     
-     
-     
-     
-     
-     

-     
-     
-     
-     
-     
-     
-     
866      10,000    $

- 50 -

100     
-     
-     
-     
-     
-     

-     
-     
-     
-     
100     
-     
-     
-     
-     
-     
-     

-     

-     

-     

-     
-     
-     
-     
-     
-     
-     
100     

21    $
-     
-     
-     
-     
-     

-     
-     
-     
-     
21    $
-     
-     
-     
-     
-     
-     

-     

-     

-     

-     
-     
-     
-     
-     
-     
-     
21    $

- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 

- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 

- 

- 

- 

- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 

 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Series K
Series J
Preferred Stock   
Preferred Stock   
 Shares  Amount   Shares   Amount  

Common Stock
Shares

Additional
Paid-In
Stock
   Amount    Warrants    Capital

Accumulated
other

comprehensive   Accumulated   

Total
Stockholders' 

loss

Deficit

   Deficit

   3,546   $ 

36    11,416   $

114    18,673,390  $186,734  $ 5,253,566   $ 24,617,564   $ 

-   $ (32,118,714) $  (2,059,731)

-    

-    

-    

-    

-   

-   

-    

208,989    

-    

-    

-    

-    

-    

-    

-     1,755,091    17,551   

-    

439,479    

-    

-   

-   

69,627    

-    

-    

-    

-    

-     1,000,000    10,000   

-    

389,547    

-    

-    

-    

-    

-   

-   

93,488    

-    

-    

-    

-    
-    

-    

-    

-    
-    

-    

-    

-    
-    

-     1,576,417    15,765   

-    

-    
-    

-   

-   
-   

-   

-   
-   

-    

-    

-    
-    

381,154    

-    

-    
-    

-    

-    

-    

-    

-    

-    

-    

-    

208,989 

-    

-    

457,030 

69,627 

-    

399,547 

-    

93,488 

-    

396,919 

(23,194)  

(23,194)

(105,025)  
-    

-    
(7,415,298)  

(105,025)
(7,415,298)

   3,546   $

36    11,416   $

114    23,004,898  $230,050  $ 5,416,681   $ 26,036,733   $

(105,025) $ (39,557,206) $ (7,977,648)

BALANCE,
December 31,
2014

Stock-based
compensation
Issuance of
common stock
for services
Warrant
revaluation
Stock exchange
with Everest
Investments
Issuance of
warrants for
services
Conversion of
debt and interest
for common
stock
Dividends
earned
Unrealized loss
on investments,
net of tax
Net loss
BALANCE,
December 31,
2015

Stock-based
compensation
Issuance of
common stock
for services
Warrant
exercise
Issuance of
warrants for
services
Conversion of
debt and interest
for common
stock
Issuance of
common stock
for dividends
paid-in-kind
Conversion of
Series J
convertible
preferred stock   
Conversion of
Series K
convertible
preferred stock   
Common stock
offering
Offering costs
for issuance of
common stock   
Stock issued
with debt
Warrants issued
with debt
Beneficial
conversion
feature
Unrealized loss
on investments,
net of tax
Net loss
BALANCE,

-    

-    

-    

-    

-   

-   

-    

379,964    

-    

-    

-    

-    

-    

-    

-    

755,000   

7,550   

-    

325,146     

-    

22,996   

230   

(11,100)  

10,870    

-    

-    

-    

-    

-   

-   

84,735    

-    

-    

-    

-    

-    

420,849   

4,208   

-    

113,629    

-    

-    

-    

-    

248,547    

2,485   

-    

61,370    

(25)  

(1)  

-    

-    

25,000   

250   

-    

(249)  

-    

-    

-    

-    

-    

-     (4,600)  

(46)   4,600,000    46,000   

-    

(45,954)  

-    

-    

-     1,525,000    15,250   

315,301     

279,449     

-    

-    

-    

-    

-    

-    

-    

-   

-   

-    

397,549   

3,975    

-    

-    

(79,035)  

141,956     

-    

-   

519,485    

-    

-    

-    

-    

-    

-    

-    

-    

-    

-    

-    

-    

-    

-    

-    

379,964 

-    

-    

332,696  

- 

-    

84,735 

-    

117,837 

-    

63,855 

-    

-    

-    

-    

-    

-    

- 

-

610,000 

(79,035)

145,931  

519,485  

-    

20,721 

-    

-    

-    

-    

-    
-    

-    
-    

-    
-    

-    
-    

-    

20,721    

-    
-    

-    
-    

105,025   
-    

-    
(2,706,984)  

105,025
(2,706,984)

-   

-   

-   
-   

-   

-   
-   

 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
December 31, 2016   3,521   $

35     6,816   $

68    30,999,839  $309,998  $ 6,325,102   $ 27,244,600   $

-  $ (42,264,190) $ (8,383,418)

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements

- 51 -

 
 
 
 
PRESSURE BIOSCIENCES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2016 AND 2015

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:

Net loss

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization
Provision for bad debts
Accretion of interest and amortization of debt discount
Penalty interest added to debt principal
Gain on settlement of debt
Stock-based compensation expense
Warrant expense
Amortization of third party fees paid in common stock
Impairment loss on investment
Gain on extinguishment of embedded derivative liabilities
Change in fair value of derivative liabilities
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

Accounts receivable
Inventories
Prepaid expenses and other assets
Accounts payable
Accrued employee compensation
Deferred revenue and other accrued expenses

Net cash used in operating activities

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
Purchases of property plant and equipment

Net cash used in investing activities

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
Net proceeds from related party debt
Payment of related party debt
Net proceeds from revolving note payable
Net proceeds from convertible debt
Payments on convertible debt
Net proceeds from non-convertible debt
Payments on non-convertible debt
Net proceeds from the issuance of common stock
Payment of accrued prepayment penalty
Net cash provided by financing activities

NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH
CASH AT BEGINNING OF YEAR
CASH AT END OF PERIOD

SUPPLEMENTAL INFORMATION

Interest paid in cash
Income taxes paid in cash
NON CASH TRANSACTIONS:
Shares issued for conversion of debt and interest
Cashless exercise of warrants
Discount due to beneficial conversion feature
Discount due to warrants issued with debt
Common stock issued with debt
Common stock issued to settle non-convertible debt
Conversion of preferred stock and accrued dividends into common stock
Accrued dividends on preferred stock

Issuance of common stock for investment in available-for-sale equity securities
Unrealized loss from available-for-sale equity securities
Debt discount from derivative liability
Debt discount related to accrual of one-time interest
Extension fees added to principal
Prepayment penalty and accrued interest enrolled into debt principal

For the Year Ended
December 31,

2016

2015

  $

(2,706,984)   $

(7,415,298)

17,939   
28,169   
4,003,485   
41,200   
(5,044)  
379,964   
84,735   
332,696   
373,682   
-   
(5,904,649)  

(196,233)  
133,087   
(44,201)  
(534,140)  
73,587   
116,856   
(3,805,851)  

25,288 
- 
2,989,765 
- 
- 
208,989 
163,115 
457,030 
- 
(2,555,180)
2,222,001 

158,766 
(187,820)
(15,722)
(94,392)
18,662 
205,050 
(3,819,746)

(7,203)  
(7,203)  

(9,412)
(9,412)

116,667   
(20,000)  
1,133,500   
2,105,420   
(107,000)  
1,022,784   
(947,702)  
530,965   
-   
3,834,634   

21,580   
116,783   
138,363    $

  $

  $

260,979    $

-   

117,837   
11,100   
20,721   
519,485   
104,731   
41,200   
63,902   

-   
-   
-   
1,304,049   
170,000   
-   
-   

6,300 
(12,300)
- 
5,558,537 
(2,653,990)
1,257,418 
(587,949)
- 
(96,023)
3,471,993 

(357,165)
473,948 
116,783 

1,072,900 
- 

396,919 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 

23,194 
399,547 
105,025 
6,819,730 
- 
84,000 
48,950 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Reversal of accumulated other comprehensive income to impairment loss on investment

105,025   

- 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

- 52 -

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PRESSURE BIOSCIENCES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(1) Business Overview

Pressure Biosciences, Inc. (“we”, “our”, “the Company”) is focused on solving the challenging problems inherent in biological sample
preparation, a crucial laboratory step performed by scientists worldwide working in biological life sciences research. Sample preparation is
a term that refers to a wide range of activities that precede most forms of scientific analysis. Sample preparation is often complex, time-
consuming,  and  in  our  belief,  one  of  the  most  error-prone  steps  of  scientific  research.  It  is  a  widely-used  laboratory  undertaking,  the
requirements of which drive what we believe is a large and growing worldwide market. We have developed and patented a novel, enabling
technology  platform  that  can  control  the  sample  preparation  process.  It  is  based  on  harnessing  the  unique  properties  of  high  hydrostatic
pressure.  This  process,  called  pressure  cycling  technology,  or  PCT,  uses  alternating  cycles  of  hydrostatic  pressure  between  ambient  and
ultra-high  levels  (35,000  psi  or  greater)  to  safely,  conveniently  and  reproducibly  control  the  actions  of  molecules  in  biological  samples,
such as cells and tissues from human, animal, plant, and microbial sources.

Our  pressure  cycling  technology  uses  internally  developed  instrumentation  that  is  capable  of  cycling  pressure  between  ambient  and
ultra-high levels - at controlled temperatures and specific time intervals - to rapidly and repeatedly control the interactions of bio-molecules,
such  as  DNA,  RNA,  proteins,  lipids,  and  small  molecules.  Our  laboratory  instrument,  the  Barocycler®®,  and  our  internally  developed
consumables  product  line,  including  PULSE®  (Pressure  Used  to  Lyse  Samples  for  Extraction)  Tubes,  other  processing  tubes,  and
application specific kits (which include consumable products and reagents) together make up our PCT Sample Preparation System, or PCT
SPS.

In 2015, together with an investment bank, we formed a subsidiary called Pressure BioSciences Europe (“PBI Europe”) in Poland. We
have 49% ownership interest with the investment bank retaining 51%. As of now, PBI Europe does not have any operating activities and
we cannot reasonably predict when operations will commence. Therefore, we do not have control of the subsidiary and did not consolidate
in our financial statements. PBI Europe did not have any operations in 2016 or in 2015.

(2) Going Concern

The  accompanying  financial  statements  have  been  prepared  assuming  that  the  Company  will  continue  as  a  going  concern,  which
contemplates  the  realization  of  assets  and  the  liquidation  of  liabilities  in  the  normal  course  of  business.  However,  we  have  experienced
negative  cash  flows  from  operations  with  respect  to  our  pressure  cycling  technology  business  since  our  inception. As  of  December  31,
2016, we do not have adequate working capital resources to satisfy our current liabilities and as a result, there is substantial doubt regarding
our ability to continue as a going concern. We have been successful in raising cash through debt and equity offerings in the past and as
described in Notes 8 and 9, completed debt financing subsequent to December 31, 2016. We have financing efforts in place to continue to
raise cash through debt and equity offerings.

Management has developed a plan to continue operations. This plan includes obtaining equity or debt financing. During the year ended
December  31,  2016  we  received  $4,378,371  net  proceeds,  in  additional  convertible  and  non-convertible  debt.  Although  we  have
successfully completed financings and reduced expenses in the past, we cannot assure you that our plans to address these matters in the
future will be successful.

We need substantial additional capital to fund normal operations in future periods. In the event that we are unable to obtain financing
on acceptable terms, or at all, we will likely be required to cease our operations, pursue a plan to sell our operating assets, or otherwise
modify  our  business  strategy,  which  could  materially  harm  our  future  business  prospects.  These  financial  statements  do  not  include  any
adjustments that might result from this uncertainty.

(3) Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

i. Principles of Consolidation

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Pressure BioSciences, Inc., and its wholly-owned subsidiary PBI BioSeq,

Inc. All intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

- 53 -

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ii. Use of Estimates

To prepare our consolidated financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of
America,  we  are  required  to  make  significant  estimates  and  assumptions  that  affect  the  reported  amounts  of  assets  and  liabilities  and
disclosure  of  contingent  assets  and  liabilities  at  the  date  of  the  financial  statements  and  the  reported  amounts  of  revenues  and  expenses
during the reporting period. In addition, significant estimates were made in projecting future cash flows to quantify impairment of assets,
deferred tax assets, the costs associated with fulfilling our warranty obligations for the instruments that we sell, and the estimates employed
in our calculation of fair value of stock options awarded, beneficial conversion features and derivative liabilities. We base our estimates on
historical experience and on various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form
the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual
results could differ from the estimates and assumptions used.

iii. Revenue Recognition

Revenue is recognized when realized or when realizable and earned when all the following criteria have been met: persuasive evidence
of an arrangement exists; goods were shipped, delivery of service has occurred and risk of loss has passed to the customer; the seller’s price
to the buyer is fixed or determinable; and collectability is reasonably assured.

Our current instruments, the Barocycler NEP3229 and NEP2320, require a basic level of instrumentation expertise to set-up for initial
operation. To support a favorable first experience for our customers, upon customer request and for an additional fee, we will send a highly
trained technical representative to the customer site to install Barocyclers that we sell, lease, or rent through our domestic sales force. The
installation  process  includes  uncrating  and  setting  up  the  instrument,  followed  by  introductory  user  training.  Product  revenue  related  to
current  Barocycler  instrumentation  is  recognized  upon  shipment  of  the  unit,  or  in  the  case  where  the  customer  requests  installation  and
training, the completion of the installation and introductory training process of the instrumentation at the customer location, for domestic
installations.  Product  revenue  related  to  sales  of  PCT  instrumentation  to  our  foreign  distributors  is  recognized  upon  shipment  through  a
common carrier. We provide for the expected costs of warranty upon the recognition of revenue for the sales of our instrumentation. Our
sales  arrangements  do  not  provide  our  customers  with  a  right  of  return.  Product  revenue  related  to  the  HUB440  and  our  consumable
products such as PULSE Tubes, MicroTubes, and application specific kits is recorded upon shipment through a common carrier. Shipping
costs are included in sales and marketing expense. Any shipping costs billed to customers are recognized as revenue.

The Company applies ASC 845, “Accounting for Non-Monetary Transactions”, to account for products and services sold through non-
cash transactions based on the fair values of the products and services involved, where such values can be determined. Non-cash exchanges
would require revenue to be recognized at recorded cost or carrying value of the assets or services sold if any of the following conditions
apply:

a) The fair value of the asset or service involved is not determinable.

b) The transaction is an exchange of a product or property held for sale in the ordinary course of business for a product or property to

be sold in the same line of business to facilitate sales to customers other than the parties to the exchange.

c) The transaction lacks commercial substance.

The Company currently records revenue for its non-cash transactions at recorded cost or carrying value of the assets or services sold.

We  account  for  our  lease  agreements  under  the  operating  method.  We  record  revenue  over  the  life  of  the  lease  term  and  we  record
depreciation expense on a straight-line basis over the thirty-six month estimated useful life of the Barocycler instrument. The depreciation
expense associated with assets under lease agreement is included in the “Cost of PCT products and services” line item in our consolidated
statements of operations. Many of our lease and rental agreements allow the lessee to purchase the instrument at any point during the term
of  the  agreement  with  partial  or  full  credit  for  payments  previously  made.  We  pay  all  maintenance  costs  associated  with  the  instrument
during the term of the leases.

Revenue from government grants is recorded when qualifying expenses are incurred under the grant in accordance with the terms of

the grant award.

Deferred revenue represents amounts received from grants and the Company’s service contracts for which the related revenues have
not been recognized because one or more of the revenue recognition criteria have not been met. The current portion of deferred revenue
represents  the  amount  to  be  recognized  within  one  year  from  the  balance  sheet  date  based  on  the  estimated  performance  period  of  the
underlying deliverables. Revenue from service contracts is recorded ratably over the length of the contract.

Our transactions sometimes involve multiple elements (i.e., products and services). Revenue under multiple element arrangements is
recognized in accordance with FASB ASC 605-25 Multiple-Element Arrangements (“ASC 605”). When vendor specific objective evidence
or third party evidence of selling price for deliverables in an arrangement cannot be determined, the Company develops a best estimate of
the selling price to separate deliverables and allocates arrangement consideration using the relative selling price method. If an arrangement
includes undelivered elements that are not essential to the functionality of the delivered elements, we defer the fair value of the undelivered
elements to such time as they are delivered. Fair value is determined based upon the price charged when the element is sold separately. If
there is not sufficient evidence of the fair value of the undelivered elements the Company uses its best estimate of the value of those items
and recognizes revenues based on the relative values of the delivered and undelivered items. We provide certain customers with extended
service contracts with revenue recognized ratably over the life of the contract.

- 54 -

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
iv. Cash and Cash Equivalents

Our policy is to invest available cash in short-term, investment grade interest-bearing obligations, including money market funds, and
bank  and  corporate  debt  instruments.  Securities  purchased  with  initial  maturities  of  three  months  or  less  are  valued  at  cost  plus  accrued
interest, which approximates fair value, and are classified as cash equivalents.

v. Research and Development

Research and development costs, which are comprised of costs incurred in performing research and development activities including
wages and associated employee benefits, facilities, consumable products and overhead costs that are expensed as incurred. In support of our
research  and  development  activities  we  utilize  our  Barocycler  instruments  that  are  capitalized  as  fixed  assets  and  depreciated  over  their
expected useful life.

vi. Inventories

Inventories are valued at the lower of cost (average cost) or market (sales price). The cost of Barocyclers consists of the cost charged
by  the  contract  manufacturer.  The  cost  of  manufactured  goods  includes  material,  freight-in,  direct  labor,  and  applicable  overhead.  The
composition of inventory as of December 31, is as follows:

Raw materials
Finished goods
Inventory reserve
Total

vii. Property and Equipment

2016

326,228    $
599,056   
(20,000) 
905,284    $

2015

310,367 
778,004 
(50,000)
1,038,371 

  $

  $

Property and equipment are stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation. For financial reporting purposes, depreciation is recognized
using  the  straight-line  method,  allocating  the  cost  of  the  assets  over  their  estimated  useful  lives  of  three  years  for  certain  laboratory
equipment, from three to five years for management information systems and office equipment, and three years for all PCT finished units
classified as fixed assets.

viii. Intangible Assets

We  have  classified  as  intangible  assets,  costs  associated  with  the  fair  value  of  acquired  intellectual  property.  Intangible  assets,
including patents, are being amortized on a straight-line basis over sixteen years. We perform an annual review of our intangible assets for
impairment. When impairment is indicated, any excess of carrying value over fair value is recorded as a loss. As of December 31, 2016 and
2015, the outstanding balance for intangible assets is zero.

- 55 -

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ix. Long-Lived Assets

The  Company’s  long-lived  assets  are  reviewed  for  impairment  in  accordance  with  the  guidance  of  the  FASB  ASC  360-10-05,
Property, Plant, and Equipment , whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the asset may not be
recoverable. Recoverability of an asset to be held and used is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount of an asset to the future
undiscounted cash flows expected to be generated by the asset. If such asset is considered to be impaired, the impairment to be recognized
is measured by the amount by which the carrying amount of the asset exceeds its fair value. Through December 31, 2016, the Company had
not experienced impairment losses on its long-lived assets. While our current and historical operating losses and cash flow are indicators of
impairment, we performed an impairment test at December 31, 2016 and determined that such long-lived assets were not impaired.

x. Concentrations

Credit Risk

Our financial instruments that potentially subject us to concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of cash, cash equivalents and trade
receivables.  We  have  cash  investment  policies  which,  among  other  things,  limit  investments  to  investment-grade  securities.  We  perform
ongoing credit evaluations of our customers, and the risk with respect to trade receivables is further mitigated by the fact that many of our
customers are government institutions and university labs. Allowances are provided for estimated amounts of accounts receivable which
may not be collected. At December 31, 2016 and 2015, we determined that no allowance against accounts receivable was necessary.

The  following  table  illustrates  the  level  of  concentration  of  the  below  two  groups  within  revenue  as  a  percentage  of  total  revenues

during the years ended December 31:

Top Five Customers
Federal Agencies

2016

2015

29% 
3% 

38%
23%

The following table illustrates the level of concentration of the below two groups within accounts receivable as a percentage of total

accounts receivable balance as of December 31:

Top Five Customers
Federal Agencies

Investment in Available-For-Sale Equity Securities

2016

2015

82% 
1% 

93%
1%

As of December 31, 2016, we held 601,500 shares of common stock of Everest, a Polish publicly traded company listed on the Warsaw
Stock  Exchange.  We  exchanged  1,000,000  shares  of  our  common  stock  for  the  601,500  shares  from  Everest.  We  account  for  this
investment  in  accordance  with ASC  320 “Investments  —  Debt  and  Equity  Securities” as  securities  available  for  sale.  On  December  31,
2016,  our  consolidated  balance  sheet  reflected  the  fair  value  of  our  investment  in  Everest  to  be  $25,865,  based  on  the  closing  price  of
Everest shares of $0.043 per share on that day. The carrying value of our investment in Everest common stock held will change from period
to period based on the closing price of the common stock of Everest as of the balance sheet date. The change in market value since the
receipt of stock amounting to $373,682 was determined to be other than temporary and was recorded by us as an impairment loss in 2016. 

xi. Computation of Loss per Share

Basic  loss  per  share  is  computed  by  dividing  loss  available  to  common  shareholders  by  the  weighted  average  number  of  common
shares outstanding. Diluted loss per share is computed by dividing loss available to common shareholders by the weighted average number
of common shares outstanding plus additional common shares that would have been outstanding if dilutive potential common shares had
been  issued.  For  purposes  of  this  calculation,  convertible  preferred  stock,  common  stock  dividends,  warrants  to  acquire  preferred  stock
convertible into common stock, and warrants and options to acquire common stock, are all considered common stock equivalents in periods
in which they have a dilutive effect and are excluded from this calculation in periods in which these are anti-dilutive. The following table
illustrates our computation of loss per share for the years ended December 31:

- 56 -

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Numerator:
Net loss
Preferred dividends accrued
Net loss applicable to common shareholders

Denominator for basic and diluted loss per share:
Weighted average common shares outstanding

2016

2015

  $

  $

(2,706,984)   $

-   

(2,706,984)   $

(7,415,298)
(23,194)
(7,438,492)

27,339,362   

20,726,205 

Loss per common share - basic and diluted

  $

(0.10)   $

(0.36)

The  following  table  presents  securities  that  could  potentially  dilute  basic  loss  per  share  in  the  future.  For  all  periods  presented,  the
potentially dilutive securities were not included in the computation of diluted loss per share because these securities would have been anti-
dilutive for the years ended December 31:

Stock options
Convertible debt
Common stock warrants
Convertible preferred stock:

Series D Convertible Preferred
Series G Convertible Preferred
Series H Convertible Preferred
Series H2 Convertible Preferred
Series J Convertible Preferred
Series K Convertible Preferred

xii. Accounting for Income Taxes

2016

5,269,250   
26,733,955   
26,459,695   

750,000   
865,700   
1,000,000   
2,100,000   
3,521,000   
6,816,000   
73,515,600   

2015

5,571,250 
19,689,286 
29,227,664 

750,000 
865,700 
1,000,000 
2,100,000 
3,546,000 
11,416,000 
74,165,900 

We  account  for  income  taxes  under  the  asset  and  liability  method,  which  requires  recognition  of  deferred  tax  assets,  subject  to
valuation  allowances,  and  liabilities  for  the  expected  future  tax  consequences  of  events  that  have  been  included  in  the  consolidated
financial statements or tax returns. Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts
of  assets  and  liabilities  for  financial  reporting  and  income  tax  purposes.  The  Company  considers  many  factors  when  assessing  the
likelihood  of  future  realization  of  our  deferred  tax  assets,  including  recent  cumulative  earnings  experience  by  taxing  jurisdiction,
expectations  of  future  taxable  income  or  loss,  the  carry-forward  periods  available  to  us  for  tax  reporting  purposes,  and  other  relevant
factors. A  valuation  allowance  is  established  if  it  is  more  likely  than  not  that  all  or  a  portion  of  the  net  deferred  tax  assets  will  not  be
realized. If substantial changes in the Company’s ownership should occur, as defined in Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code, there
could be significant limitations on the amount of net loss carry forwards that could be used to offset future taxable income.

Tax positions must meet a “more likely than not” recognition threshold at the effective date to be recognized. At December 31, 2016
and 2015, the Company did not have any uncertain tax positions. No interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions were accrued at
December 31, 2016 and 2015.

xiii. Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation

We maintain equity compensation plans under which incentive stock options and non-qualified stock options are granted to employees,
independent  members  of  our  Board  of  Directors  and  outside  consultants.  We  recognize  equity  compensation  expense  over  the  requisite
service period using the Black-Scholes formula to estimate the fair value of the stock options on the date of grant. Employee awards are
accounted for under ASC 718 where the awards are valued at grant date. Awards given to nonemployees are accounted for under ASC 505
where the awards are valued at earlier of commitment date or completion of services.

- 57 -

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Determining Fair Value of Stock Option Grants

Valuation and Amortization Method  - The fair value of each option award is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes
pricing model based on certain assumptions. The estimated fair value of employee stock options is amortized to expense using the straight-
line method over the vesting period, which generally is over three years.

Expected Term - The Company uses the simplified calculation of expected life, described in the FASB ASC 718,  Compensation-Stock
Compensation, as the Company does not currently have sufficient historical exercise data on which to base an estimate of expected term.
Using this method, the expected term is determined using  the  average  of  the  vesting  period  and  the  contractual  life  of  the  stock  options
granted.

Expected Volatility - Expected volatility is based on the Company’s historical stock volatility data over the expected term of the award.

Risk-Free Interest Rate   -  The  Company  bases  the  risk-free  interest  rate  used  in  the  Black-Scholes  valuation  method  on  the  implied

yield currently available on U.S. Treasury zero-coupon issues with an equivalent remaining term.

Forfeitures - As  required  by  FASB ASC  718,  Compensation-Stock Compensation,  the  Company  records  stock-based  compensation
expense  only  for  those  awards  that  are  expected  to  vest.  The  Company  estimated  a  forfeiture  rate  of  5%  for  awards  granted  based  on
historical experience and future expectations of options vesting. We used this historical rate as our assumption in calculating future stock-
based compensation expense.

The  following  table  summarizes  the  assumptions  we  utilized  for  grants  of  stock  options  to  the  three  sub-groups  of  our  stock  option

recipients during the year ended December 31, 2015:

Assumptions

Expected life
Expected volatility
Risk-free interest rate
Forfeiture rate
Expected dividend yield

Non-Employee Board
Members

CEO, other Officers
and Employees

6.0 (yrs) 

116.32%-141.15% 
0.65%-2.54% 
5.00% 
0.0% 

6.0 (yrs) 

116.32%-141.15%
0.65%-2.54%
5.00%
0.0%

We  recognized  stock-based  compensation  expense  of  $379,964  and  $208,989  for  the  years  ended  December  31,  2016  and  2015,
respectively. The following table summarizes the effect of this stock-based compensation expense within each of the line items within our
accompanying consolidated statements of operations for the years ended December 31:

Research and development
Selling and marketing
General and administrative
Total stock-based compensation expense

2016

2015

  $

  $

65,500    $
42,315   
272,149   
379,964    $

50,617 
32,704 
125,668 
208,989 

During the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, the total fair value of stock options awarded was $0 and $598,582, respectively.

As of December 31, 2016, the total estimated fair value of unvested stock options to be amortized over their remaining vesting period
was $369,224. The non-cash, stock based compensation expense associated with the vesting of these options will be $212,957 in 2017 and
$156,267 in 2018.

- 58 -

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
xiv. Advertising

Advertising costs are expensed as incurred. We incurred $19,125 in 2016 and $12,291 in 2015 for advertising.

xv. Fair Value of Financial Instruments

Due to their short maturities, the carrying amounts for cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable, and accrued
expenses approximate their fair value. Short-term and long-term liabilities are primarily related to liabilities transferred under contractual
arrangements with carrying values that approximate fair value.

xvi. Fair Value Measurements

The Company follows the guidance of FASB ASC Topic 820, “ Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures ” (“ASC 820”) as it related
to  financial  assets  and  financial  liabilities  that  are  recognized  or  disclosed  at  fair  value  in  the  consolidated  financial  statements  on  a
recurring basis.

The Company generally defines fair value as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly
transaction between market participants at the measurement date (exit price). The Company uses a three-tier fair value hierarchy, which
classifies  the  inputs  used  in  measuring  fair  values.  These  tiers  include:  Level  1,  defined  as  observable  inputs  such  as  quoted  prices  for
identical  instruments  in  active  markets;  Level  2,  defined  as  inputs  other  than  quoted  prices  in  active  markets  that  are  either  directly  or
indirectly observable; and Level 3, defined as unobservable inputs in which little or no market data exists, therefore requiring an entity to
develop its own assumptions.

Financial  assets  and  liabilities  are  classified  in  their  entirety  based  on  the  lowest  level  of  input  that  is  significant  to  the  fair  value
measurement. The Company has determined that its financial assets are currently classified within Level 1 and that its financial liabilities
are currently all classified within Level 3 in the fair value hierarchy.

The  following  tables  set  forth  the  Company’s  financial  assets  and  financial  liabilities  that  were  accounted  for  at  fair  value  on  a
recurring  basis  as  of  December  31,  2016  and  December  31,  2015.  The  development  of  the  unobservable  inputs  for  Level  3  fair  value
measurements and fair value calculations are the responsibility of the Company’s management.

Available-For-Sale Equity
Securities
Total Financial Assets

  December 31, 2016  

Fair value measurements at December 31, 2016 using:

Quoted prices in
active markets
(Level 1)

Significant other
observable inputs
(Level 2)

Significant 
unobservable inputs
(Level 3)

  $

25,865   
25,865    $

25,865   
25,865    $

-   
-    $

- 
- 

Series D Preferred Stock Purchase
Warrants
Warrants Issued with Convertible
Debt
Conversion Option Derivative
Liabilities
Total Derivatives

  December 31, 2016  

  $

23,313   

1,661,795   

951,059   
2,636,167    $

  $

Quoted prices in
active markets
(Level 1)

Significant other
observable inputs
(Level 2)

Significant
unobservable
inputs (Level 3)

-   

-   

-   
-    $

-    $

23,313 

-   

-   
-    $

1,661,795 

951,059 
2,636,167 

- 59 -

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Available-For-Sale Equity
Securities
Total Financial Assets

  December 31, 2015  

Fair value measurements at December 31, 2015 using:

Quoted prices in
active markets
(Level 1)

Significant other
observable inputs
(Level 2)

Significant
unobservable inputs
(Level 3)

  $

294,522   
294,522    $

294,522   
294,522    $

-   
-    $

- 
- 

Series D Preferred Stock Purchase
Warrants
Warrants Issued with Convertible
Debt
Conversion Option Derivative
Liabilities
Total Derivatives

  December 31, 2015  

  $

173,526   

3,122,450   

3,940,791   
7,236,767    $

  $

Quoted prices in
active markets
(Level 1)

Significant other
observable inputs
(Level 2)

-   

-   

-   
-    $

Significant
unobservable
inputs
(Level 3)

-    $

173,526 

-   

-   
-    $

3,122,450 

3,940,791 
7,236,767 

The following table provides a summary of the changes in fair value, including net transfers in and/or out, of the derivative financial

instruments, measured at fair value on a recurring basis using significant unobservable inputs:

Series D Preferred Stock Purchase
Warrants
Warrants Issued with Convertible
Debt
Conversion Option Derivative
Liabilities
Total Derivatives

January 1, 2016  

Issuance 
fair value

Change in 
fair value

    December 31, 2016  

  $

173,526    $

-    $

(150,213)   $

23,313 

3,122,450   

1,094,432     

(2,555,087)    

1,661,795 

  $

3,940,791   
7,236,767    $

1,547,127     
2,641,559    $

(4,536,859)    
(7,242,159)   $

951,059 
2,636,167 

January 1, 2015

Issuance
fair value    

Change in
fair value    

Gain on
extinguishment
of derivative
liabilities

    December 31, 2015  

Series D Preferred Stock Purchase
Warrants
Warrants Issued with Convertible Debt
Conversion Option Derivative Liabilities    
  $
Total Derivatives

  $

159,875    $

13,651    $
-    $
802,429     
-      2,320,021     
590,341      5,305,185     
600,445     
750,216    $ 7,625,206    $ 1,416,525    $

-    $
-     
(2,555,180)    
(2,555,180)   $

173,526 
3,122,450 
3,940,791 
7,236,767 

The  issuance  fair  values  for  2016  and  2015  include  the  “day  1”  derivative  losses  on  the  conversion  option  derivative  liabilities  of
$1,337,510 and $805,476, respectively, which are included in “change in fair value of derivative liabilities” in the consolidated statements
of operations.

- 60 -

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
The fair value of the derivative liabilities was determined using a binomial pricing model. The assumptions for the binomial pricing
model are represented in the table below for the warrants issued in the Series D private placement reflected on a per share common stock
equivalent basis.

Assumptions
Expected life (in months)
Expected volatility
Risk-free interest rate
Exercise price
Fair value per warrant

  November 10, 2011

Warrants revalued at
December 31, 2015

Warrants revalued at
December 31, 2016

60.0 
104.5% 
0.875% 
0.81 
0.54 

  $
  $

11.0 
104.9% 
0.65% 
0.25 
0.16 

  $
  $

5.0 
83.5%
0.62%
0.25 
0.02 

  $
  $

The assumptions for the binomial pricing model are represented in the table below for the warrants issued with the Convertible Debt in

2015 and 2016 reflected on a per share common stock equivalent basis.

Assumptions
Expected life (in months)
Expected volatility
Risk-free interest rate
Exercise price
Fair value per warrant

At 
Issuance
Fair value

60.0 

118.3-120.1% 
1.48-1.69% 

Warrants revalued
at
December 31, 2015  
55.0-60.0 
136.3-141.6% 
1.29-1.76% 

  $
  $

0.40 
0.19-$0.21 

  $
  $

0.40 
0.30 

  $
  $

Warrants revalued
at 
December 31, 2016  
43.0-51.0 
110.0-116.0%
1.93%
0.40 
0.12-0.14 

The assumptions for the binomial pricing model are represented in the table below for the conversion options reflected on a per share

common stock equivalent basis.

Assumptions
Expected life (in months)
Expected volatility
Risk-free interest rate
Exercise price
Fair value per conversion option

xvii. Recently Issued Accounting Standards

At Issuance fair
value

At Settlement
fair value

Conversion
options revalued
at December 31,
2015

Conversion
options revalued
at December 31,
2016

6.0-24.0 
104.2-153.8% 
0.05-0.99% 
0.10-$0.35 
0.09-$0.28 

  $
  $

0-18.0 

86.9%-142.2% 
0.01-0.72% 
0.10-$0.25 
0.07-$0.26 

  $
  $

18-24 

112.2-114.7% 
1.06% 
0.28 
0.14-$0.33 

  $
  $

6.0-15.0 
84.4-94.8%
0.62-0.85%

0.28 
0.03-$0.06 

  $
  $

In April  2015,  the  Financial Accounting  Standards  Board  (“FASB”)  issued Accounting  Standards  Update  (“ASU”)  No.  2015-03,
“Simplifying the Presentation of Debt Issuance Costs” (“ASU 2015-03”). ASU 2015-03 requires that debt issuance costs be presented as a
direct  deduction  from  the  carrying  amount  of  the  related  debt  liability,  consistent  with  the  presentation  of  debt  discounts.  Prior  to  the
issuance  of ASU  2015-03,  debt  issuance  costs  were  required  to  be  presented  as  deferred  charge  assets,  separate  from  the  related  debt
liability. ASU  2015-03  does  not  change  the  recognition  and  measurement  requirements  for  debt  issuance  costs.  The  Company  early-
adopted ASU 2015-03 as of the end of its Fiscal 2015, and applied its provisions retrospectively. The adoption of ASU 2015-03 resulted in
the reclassification of approximately $888,000 unamortized debt issuance costs related to the Company’s Senior Notes (see Note 8) from
other non-current assets to long-term debt within its consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2015. Other than this reclassification,
the adoption of ASU 2015-03 and other new pronouncements that have been issued did not have an impact on the Company’s consolidated
financial statements.

- 61 -

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(4) Property and Equipment, net

Property and equipment as of December 31, 2016 and 2015 consisted of the following components:

Laboratory and manufacturing equipment
Office equipment
Leasehold improvements
PCT collaboration, demonstration and leased systems
Total property and equipment
Less accumulated depreciation
Net book value

December 31,

2016

2015

  $

  $

226,326    $
165,832   
8,117   
461,858   
862,133   
(852,720) 

9,413    $

226,081 
158,872 
8,117 
461,858 
854,928 
(834,779)
20,149 

Depreciation expense for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 was $17,939 and $25,288, respectively.

(5) Retirement Plan

We provide all of our employees with the opportunity to participate in our retirement savings plan. Our retirement savings plan has
been  qualified  under  Section  401(k)  of  the  Internal  Revenue  Code.  Eligible  employees  are  permitted  to  contribute  to  the  plan  through
payroll deductions within statutory limitations and subject to any limitations included in the plan. During 2016 and 2015 we contributed
$22,627 and $22,098, respectively, in the form of discretionary Company-matching contributions.

- 62 -

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(6) Income Taxes

Tax positions must meet a “more likely than not” recognition threshold at the effective date to be recognized. At December 31, 2016
and 2015, the Company did not have any uncertain tax positions. No interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions were accrued at
December 31, 2016 and 2015. Our tax returns for fiscal years 2013, 2014 and 2015 are open to examination.

We did not record an income tax benefit or provision for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015.

Significant items making up the deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities as of December 31, 2016 and 2015 are as follows:

2016

2015

Current deferred taxes

Inventories
Accounts receivable allowance
Other accruals
Less: valuation allowance

Total current deferred tax assets

Long term deferred taxes:

Accelerated tax depreciation
Non-cash, stock-based compensation, nonqualified
Impairment loss on investment
Goodwill and intangibles
Operating loss carry forwards and tax credits
Less: valuation allowance

Total long term deferred tax assets (liabilities), net

Total net deferred tax liabilities

  $

7,856    $

17,253   
33,399   
(58,508) 

-    $

19,640 
- 
23,714 
(43,354)
- 

14,582    $
711,676   
146,782   
-   
13,561,012   
(14,434,052) 
-   
-    $

14,134 
562,426 
- 
- 
12,028,900 
(12,605,460)
- 
- 

  $

  $

  $

A  valuation  allowance  is  established  if  it  is  more  likely  than  not  that  all  or  a  portion  of  the  deferred  tax  asset  will  not  be  realized.
Accordingly, a valuation allowance was established in 2016 and 2015 for the full amount of our deferred tax assets due to the uncertainty
of realization. We believe based on our projection of future taxable operating income for the foreseeable future, it is more likely than not
that we will not be able to realize the benefit of the deferred tax asset at December 31, 2016.

We have net operating loss carry-forwards for federal income tax purposes of $30,471,000 as of December 31, 2016. Included in these
numbers are loss carry-forwards that were obtained through the acquisition of BioSeq, Inc. and are subject to Section 382 NOL limitations.
These net operating loss carry-forwards expire at various dates from 2018 through 2037.

We had net operating loss carry-forwards for state income tax purposes of approximately $21,547,000 at December 31, 2016. These

net operating loss carry-forwards expire at various dates from 2030 through 2037.

We  have  research  and  development  tax  credit  carry-forwards  for  federal  income  tax  purposes  of  approximately  $1,039,000  as  of
December 31, 2016 and research and development tax credit carry-forwards for state income tax purposes of approximately $207,000 as of
December  31,  2016.  The  federal  credit  carry-forwards  expire  at  various  dates  from  2017  through  2037.  The  state  credit  carry-forwards
expire at various dates from 2023 through 2032.

In addition, we have federal alternative minimum tax credit carry-forwards for federal income tax purposes of approximately $217,000

as of December 31, 2016. These credits do not expire.

- 63 -

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Our effective income tax (benefit) provision rate was different than the statutory federal income tax (benefit) provision rate as follows

for the years ended December 31:

Federal tax provision rate
Permanent differences
State tax expense
Refundable AMT and R&D tax credit
Net operating loss carry back
Valuation allowance
Effective income tax provision

(7) Commitments and Contingencies

Operating Leases

2016

2015

34%  
24%  
0%  
0%  
0%  
(58)% 
0%  

34%
(12)%
0%
0%
0%
(23)%
0%

Our corporate office is currently located at 14 Norfolk Avenue, South Easton, Massachusetts 02375. We are currently paying $4,800

per month, on a lease extension, signed on December 29, 2016, that expires December 31, 2017, for our corporate office.

On November 1, 2014 we signed a lease for lab space in Medford, MA. We subsequently expanded our space in Medford. The lease

expires December 30, 2017 and requires monthly payments of $5,385 subject to annual cost of living increases.

Following  is  a  schedule  by  years  of  future  minimum  rental  payments  required  under  operating  leases  with  initial  or  remaining  non-

cancelable lease terms in excess of one year as of December 31, 2016:

2017
Thereafter
Total minimum payments required

Royalty Commitments

BioMolecular Assays, Inc.

 $

 $

122,220 
- 
122,220 

In  1996,  we  acquired  our  initial  equity  interest  in  BioSeq,  Inc.,  which  at  the  time  was  developing  our  original  pressure  cycling
technology. BioSeq, Inc. acquired its pressure cycling technology from BioMolecular Assays, Inc. under a technology transfer and patent
assignment  agreement.  In  1998,  we  purchased  all  of  the  remaining  outstanding  capital  stock  of  BioSeq,  Inc.,  and  at  such  time,  the
technology transfer and patent assignment agreement was amended to require us to pay BioMolecular Assays, Inc., a 5% royalty on our
sales  of  products  or  services  that  incorporate  or  utilize  the  original  pressure  cycling  technology  that  BioSeq,  Inc.  acquired  from
BioMolecular Assays, Inc. We are also required to pay BioMolecular Assays, Inc. 5% of the proceeds from any sale, transfer or license of
all or any portion of the original pressure cycling technology. These payment obligations terminated on March 7, 2016. During the years
ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, we incurred approximately $6,963 and $31,301, respectively, in royalty expense associated with our
obligation to BioMolecular Assays, Inc.

In connection with our acquisition of BioSeq, Inc., we licensed certain limited rights to the original pressure cycling technology back to
BioMolecular Assays,  Inc.  This  license  is  non-exclusive  and  limits  the  use  of  the  original  pressure  cycling  technology  by  BioMolecular
Assays,  Inc.  solely  for  molecular  applications  in  scientific  research  and  development  and  in  scientific  plant  research  and  development.
BioMolecular Assays, Inc. is required to pay us a royalty equal to 20% of any license or other fees and royalties, but not including research
support  and  similar  payments,  it  receives  in  connection  with  any  sale,  assignment,  license  or  other  transfer  of  any  rights  granted  to
BioMolecular Assays, Inc. under the license. BioMolecular Assays, Inc. was required to pay us these royalties until the expiration in March
2016 of the patents held by BioSeq, Inc. since 1998. We have not received any royalty payments from BioMolecular Assays, Inc. under this
license.

- 64 -

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Battelle Memorial Institute

In December 2008, we entered into an exclusive patent license agreement with the Battelle Memorial Institute (“Battelle”).  The  licensed
technology is the subject of a patent application filed by Battelle in 2008 and relates to a method and a system for improving the analysis of
protein  samples,  including  through  an  automated  system  utilizing  pressure  and  a  pre-selected  agent  to  obtain  a  digested  sample  in  a
significantly shorter period of time than current methods, while maintaining the integrity of the sample throughout the preparatory process.
In addition to royalty payments on net sales on “licensed products,” we are obligated to make minimum royalty payments for each year that
we retain the rights outlined in the patent license agreement and we are required to have our first commercial sale of the licensed products
within one year following the issuance of the patent covered by the licensed technology. After re-negotiating the terms of the contract in
2013, the minimum annual royalty was $1,200 in 2014 and $2,000 in 2015; the minimum royalties are $3,000 in 2016, $4,000 in 2017 and
$5,000 in 2018 and each calendar year thereafter during the term of the agreement.

Target Discovery Inc.

In  March  2010,  we  signed  a  strategic  product  licensing,  manufacturing,  co-marketing,  and  collaborative  research  and  development
agreement with Target Discovery Inc. (“TDI”). Under the terms of the agreement, we have been licensed by TDI to manufacture and sell a
highly  innovative  line  of  chemicals  used  in  the  preparation  of  tissues  for  scientific  analysis  (“TDI  reagents”).  The  TDI  reagents  were
designed for use in combination with our pressure cycling technology. The companies believe that the combination of PCT and the TDI
reagents can fill an existing need in life science research for an automated method for rapid extraction and recovery of intact, functional
proteins associated with cell membranes in tissue samples. We did not incur any royalty obligation under this agreement in 2015 or 2014.

In  April  2012,  we  signed  a  non-exclusive  license  agreement  with  TDI  to  grant  the  non-exclusive  use  of  our  pressure  cycling
technology. We recorded $20,000 and $22,000 of minimum royalty income in 2016 and 2015, respectively. We executed an amendment to
this agreement on October 1, 2016 wherein we agreed to pay a monthly fee of $1,400 for the use of a lab bench, shared space and other
utilities, and $2,000 per day for technical support services as needed.

Severance and Change of Control Agreements

Each of Mr. Schumacher, and Drs. Ting, Lazarev, and Lawrence, executive officers of the Company, are entitled to receive a severance
payment  if  terminated  by  us  without  cause.  The  severance  benefits  would  include  a  payment  in  an  amount  equal  to  one  year  of  such
executive  officer’s  annualized  base  salary  compensation  plus  accrued  paid  time  off. Additionally,  the  officer  will  be  entitled  to  receive
medical and dental insurance coverage for one year following the date of termination.

Each of these executive officers, other than Mr. Schumacher, is entitled to receive a change of control payment in an amount equal to
one year of such executive officer’s annualized base salary compensation, accrued paid time off, and medical and dental coverage, in the
event of a change of control of the Company. In the case of Mr. Schumacher, this payment would be equal to two years of annualized base
salary compensation, accrued paid time off, and two years of medical and dental coverage. The severance payment is meant to induce the
aforementioned executives to remain in the employ of the Company, in general; and particularly in the occurrence of a change in control, as
a disincentive to the control change.

(8) Convertible Debt and Other Debt

Senior Secured Convertible Debentures and Warrants

We entered into Subscription Agreements (the “ Subscription Agreement”) with various individuals (each, a “Purchaser”) between July
23,  2015  and  March  31,  2016,  pursuant  to  which  the  Company  sold  Senior  Secured  Convertible  Debentures  (the  “Debentures”)  and
warrants  to  purchase  shares  of  common  stock  equal  to  50%  of  the  number  of  shares  issuable  pursuant  to  the  subscription  amount  (the
“Warrants”) for an aggregate purchase price of $6,329,549 (the “Purchase Price”).

The Company issued a principal aggregate amount of $6,962,504 in Debentures which includes a 10% original issue discount on the
Purchase Price. The Debenture does not accrue any additional interest during the first year it is outstanding but accrues interest at a rate
equal  to  10%  per  annum  for  the  second  year  it  is  outstanding.  The  Debenture  has  a  maturity  date  of  two  years  from  issuance.  The
Debenture is convertible any time after its issuance date. The Purchaser has the right to convert the Debenture into shares of the Company’s
common stock at a fixed conversion price equal to $0.28 per share, subject to applicable adjustments. In the second year that the Debenture
is outstanding, any interest accrued shall be payable quarterly in either cash or common stock, at the Company’s discretion.

At  any  time  after  the  Issuance  Date,  the  Company  has  the  option,  subject  to  certain  conditions,  to  redeem  some  or  all  of  the  then
outstanding principal amount of the Debenture for cash in an amount equal to the sum of (i) 120% of the then outstanding principal amount
of the Debenture, (ii) accrued but unpaid interest and (iii) any liquidated damages and other amounts due in respect of the Debenture.

The  Company  issued  warrants  exercisable  into  a  total  of  11,302,766  shares  of  our  common  stock.  The  Warrants  issued  in  this
transaction are immediately exercisable at an exercise price of $0.40 per share, subject to applicable adjustments including full ratchet anti-
dilution in the event that we issue any securities at a price lower than the exercise price then in effect. The Warrants have an expiration
period of five years from the original issue date. The Warrants are subject to adjustment for stock splits, stock dividends or recapitalizations
and also include anti-dilution price protection for subsequent equity sales below the exercise price.

Subject to the terms and conditions of the Warrants, at any time commencing six months from the Final Closing, the Company has the
right to call the Warrants for cancellation if the  volume  weighted  average  price  of  its  Common  Stock  on  the  OTCQB  (or  other  primary
trading market or exchange on which the Common Stock is then traded) equals or exceeds three times the per share exercise price of the
Warrants for 15 out of 20 consecutive trading days.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
In  connection  with  the  Subscription Agreement  and  Debenture,  the  Company  entered  into  Security Agreements  with  the  Purchasers
whereby the Company agreed to grant to Purchasers an unconditional and continuing, first priority security interest in all of the assets and
property  of  the  Company  to  secure  the  prompt  payment,  performance  and  discharge  in  full  of  all  of  Company’s  obligations  under  the
Debentures, Warrants and the other Transaction Documents.

The Company determined that the conversion feature of the Debentures  met the definition of a liability in accordance with ASC 815-
40 and therefore bifurcated the conversion feature on each debt agreement and accounted for it as a derivative liability. The fair value of
the conversion feature was accounted for as a note discount and are amortized to interest expense over the life of the loan. The fair value of
the conversion feature was reflected in the conversion option liability line in the condensed consolidated balance sheets.

The proceeds from these convertible debts were allocated between the host debt instrument and the convertible option based on the
residual method. The estimated fair value of the convertible option was determined using a binomial formula, resulting in allocations to the
convertible  option  and  accounted  for  as  a  liability  in  the  Company’s  condensed  consolidated  balance  sheet.  In  accordance  with  the
provisions of ASC 815-40, the gross proceeds are offset by debt discounts, which are amortized to interest expense over the expected life of
the debt.

- 65 -

 
 
 
 
 
ASC 470-20 states that the proceeds from the issuance of debt with detachable stock warrants should be allocated between the debt and
warrants on the basis of their relative fair market values. The debt discount will be amortized to interest expense over the two-year term of
these  loans.  We  amortized  $3,740,746  of  the  debt  discount  to  interest  expense  in  2016.  The  warrants  issued  in  connection  with  the
convertible  debentures  are  classified  as  warrant  derivative  liabilities  because  the  warrants  are  entitled  to  certain  rights  in  subsequent
financings and the warrants contain “down-round protection” and therefore, do not meet the scope exception for treatment as a derivative
under ASC 815, Derivatives and Hedging, (“ASC 815”). Since “down-round protection” is not an input into the calculation of the fair value
of the warrants, the warrants cannot be considered indexed to the Company’s own stock which is a requirement for the scope exception as
outlined under ASC 815. The estimated fair value of the warrants was determined using the binomial model, resulting in an allocation of
$2,847,624 to the total warrants out of the gross proceeds of $6,329,549. The fair value will be affected by changes in inputs to that model
including our stock price, expected stock price volatility, the contractual term, and the risk-free interest rate. We will continue to classify
the fair value of the warrants as a liability until the warrants are exercised, expire or are amended in a way that would no longer require
these warrants to be classified as a liability, whichever comes first.

Other convertible notes

On  May  13,  2016,  one  lender  converted  an  outstanding  note  issued  on April  28,  2015  and  the  related  accrued  interest  totaling

$117,837 to 420,849 common shares. As of December 31, 2016, the outstanding balance on the note was zero.

On May 24, 2016, we sold an additional convertible note for $107,000 with warrants to purchase 50,000 shares of common stock
at an exercise price of $0.55 per share. The purchaser has the right to convert the notes into shares of the Company’s common stock at a
fixed conversion price equal to $0.45 per share, subject to applicable adjustments. The estimated fair value of the warrants was determined
using the binomial model, resulting in an allocation of $12,406 to the total warrants and the recognition of a beneficial conversion feature of
$7,962,  both  of  which  were  recorded  as  a  discount  to  the  note.  We  evaluated  the  convertible  note  and  warrants  for  derivative  liability
treatment  and  determined  that  these  instruments  do  not  include  certain  rights  such  as  price  protection  like  our  previous  debt  financings.
Accordingly, we concluded that this financing arrangement did not qualify for derivative accounting treatment.

On  June  14,  2016,  we  sold  an  additional  convertible  note  for  $115,000  and  issued  30,667  common  shares  to  compensate  the
lender. On July 1, 2016, the note was modified to increase the principal amount to $200,000 and we received the remaining proceeds of
$85,000 on the same date and issued 34,333 common shares as compensation to the lender. The lender has the right to convert the note into
shares of the Company’s common stock at fixed conversion price equal to $0.45 per share, subject to applicable adjustments. We valued the
total 65,000 common shares using the stock prices at the respective dates the note proceeds were received and recorded the relative fair
value of the shares amounting to $26,000 as a debt discount to be amortized over the term of the loan. We then computed the effective
conversion  price  of  the  note,  noting  that  no  beneficial  conversion  feature  exists.  We  also  evaluated  the  convertible  note  for  derivative
liability  treatment  and  determined  that  the  instrument  does  not  include  certain  rights  such  as  price  protection  like  our  previous  debt
financing. Accordingly, we concluded that this financing arrangement did not qualify for derivative accounting treatment.

On  July  29,  2016,  we  sold  an  additional  convertible  note  for  $100,000  and  issued  32,500  common  shares  to  compensate  the
lender. The lender has the right to convert the notes into shares of the Company’s common stock at a fixed conversion price equal to $0.45
per share, subject to applicable adjustments. The proceeds were allocated between the convertible note and shares of common stock based
on their relative fair values. The relative fair values of the convertible note and the common shares was $87,241 and $12,759, respectively.
We then computed the effective conversion price of the note, noting that the convertible debt gave rise to a beneficial conversion feature
(BCF) of $12,759. The sum of the relative fair value of the common shares and the BCF of $25,518 was recorded as a debt discount to be
amortized  over  the  term  of  the  loan.  We  also  evaluated  the  convertible  note  for  derivative  liability  treatment  and  determined  that  the
instruments does not include certain rights such as price protection like our previous debt financings. Accordingly, we concluded that this
financing arrangements did not qualify for derivative accounting treatment.

On September 15, 2016, we sold an additional convertible note for $500,000 and issued 200,000 common shares to compensate the
lender. The lender has the right to convert the notes into shares of the Company’s common stock at a fixed conversion price equal to $0.45
per share, subject to applicable adjustments. The convertible note includes an original issue discount of $40,541 and is subject to a one-time
interest of 9% or $45,000 which was recorded as a debt discount and amortized over the term of the loan. The  proceeds  were  allocated
between the convertible note and shares of common stock based on their relative fair values. The relative fair value of the convertible note
was  $434,028.  The  allocation  of  the  gross  proceeds  to  the  shares  of  common  stock  was  $65,972  and  recorded  as  a  debt  discount  to  be
amortized  over  the  term  of  the  loan.  We  then  computed  the  effective  conversion  price  of  the  note,  noting  that  no  beneficial  conversion
feature exists. We also evaluated the convertible note for derivative liability treatment and determined that the instrument does not include
certain rights such as price protection like our previous debt financings. Accordingly, we concluded that this financing arrangement did not
qualify for derivative accounting treatment.

- 66 -

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The specific terms of the convertible notes and outstanding balances as of December 31, 2016 are listed in the tables below.

Fixed Rate Convertible Notes

Loan
Amount

Outstanding
Balance

Original
Issue
Discount

Interest
Rate

Deferred
Finance
Fees

2,180,000    $

2,180,000    $

218,0001   

10%2   $

388,532    $

Discount
related 
to fair 
value of
conversion
feature 
and
warrants/shares 
2,163,074 

1,100,000     
150,000     
30,000     

1,100,000     
150,000     
30,000     

110,0001   
15,0001   
3,0001   

50,000     

50,000     

5,0001   

250,000     

250,000     

25,0001   

50,000     

50,000     

5,0001   

215,000     

215,000     

21,5001   

200,000     

200,000     

20,0001   

170,000     

170,000     

17,0001   

360,000     

360,000     

36,0001   

55,000     

55,000     

5,5001   

100,000     

100,000     

10,0001   

100,000     

100,000     

10,0001   

50,000     

50,000     

5,0001   

300,000     

300,000     

30,0001   

200,000     
125,000     
360,000     
106,667     
167,882     
10,000     
100,000     
40,000     
40,000     
35,000     
85,000     
100,000     

200,000     
125,000     
360,000     
106,667     
167,882     
10,000     
100,000     
40,000     
40,000     
35,000     
85,000     
100,000     

20,0001   
12,5001   
36,0001   
10,6671   
16,7881   
1,0001   
7,000     
-     
-     
-     
-     
-     

10%2    
10%2    
10%2    

10%2    

10%2    

10%2    

10%2    

10%2    

10%2    

10%2    

10%2    

10%2    

10%2    

10%2    

10%2    

10%2    
10%2    
10%2    
10%2    
10%2    
10%2    
0%    
12%    
12%    
12%    
12%    
12%    

185,956     
26,345     
5,168     

1,022,052 
140,832 
26,721 

8,954     

49,377 

43,079     

222,723 

8,790     

46,984 

38,518     

212,399 

37,185     

200,000 

37,352     

170,000 

75,449     

360,000 

11,714     

55,000 

20,634     

100,000 

24,966     

80,034 

9,812     

40,188 

60,887     

239,113 

43,952     
18,260     
94,992     
15,427     
2,436     
-     
-     
-     
-     
-     
-     
-     

156,048 
106,740  
265,008  
91,240  
165,446  
10,000  
20,368  
3,680  
3,899  
3,373  
15,048  
25,518  

500,000     

500,000     

85,541     

9%    

-     

65,972 

Term
  24 months   $

  24 months    

  24 months    

  24 months    

  24 months    

  24 months    

  24 months    

  24 months    

  24 months    

Inception Date  
July 22, 2015
September 25,
2015
  24 months    
October 2, 2015   24 months    
October 6, 2015   24 months    
October 14,
2015
November 2,
2015
November 10,
2015
November 12,
2015
November 20,
2015
December 4,
2015
December 11,
2015
December 18,
2015
December 31,
2015
January 11,
2016
January 20,
2016
January 29,
2016
February 26,
2016
  24 months    
March 10, 2016   24 months    
March 18, 2016   24 months    
March 24, 2016   24 months    
March 31, 2016   24 months    
  24 months    
April 5, 2016
7 months
May 24, 2016
6 months
June 15, 2016
6 months
June 17, 2016
6 months
June 22, 2016
6 months
July 6, 2016
July 29, 2016
6 months
September 15,
2016

  24 months    

  24 months    

  24 months    

  24 months    

8 months

  $

7,229,549    $

7,229,549    $

725,496     

  $

1,158,408    $

6,060,837  

1. The original issue discount is reflected in the first year.
2. The annual interest started accruing in the second year.

As  of  December  31,  2016,  a  total  of  approximately  $291,000  convertible  debentures  were  purchased  by  related  parties  who  were

members of the Company’s Board of Directors and management and their family members.

Deferred  finance  fees  included  cash  commissions  amounting  to  $621,500  and  the  fair  value  of  the  2,101,786  warrants  issued  to  the
placement agent amounting to $536,908. For the year ended December 31, 2016, the Company recognized amortization expense related to

 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
      
      
      
  
   
      
   
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
the  debt  discounts  indicated  above  of  $3,876,622.  The  unamortized  debt  discounts  as  of  December  31,  2016  related  to  the  convertible
debentures and other convertible notes amounted to $3,142,078.

Revolving Note Payable

On October 28, 2016, an accredited investor (the “Investor”) purchased from us a promissory note in the aggregate principal amount of
up  to  $2,000,000  (the  “Revolving Note”)  due  and  payable  on  the  earlier  of  October  28,  2017  (the  “Maturity  Date”)  or  on  the  seventh
business day after the closing of a Qualified Offering (as defined in the Revolving Note). Although the Revolving Note is dated October 26,
2016, the transaction did not close until October 28, 2016, when we received its initial $250,000 advance pursuant to the Revolving Note.
As a result, on the same day and pursuant to the Revolving Note, we issued to the Investor a Common Stock Purchase Warrant to purchase
625,000 shares of our common stock at an exercise price per share equal to $0.40 per share. The Investor is obligated to provide us with
advances of $250,000 under the Revolving Note, but the Investor shall not be required to advance more than $250,000 in any individual
fifteen  (15)  day  period  and  no  more  than  $500,000  in  the  thirty  (30)  day  period  immediately  following  the  date  of  the  initial  advance.
Notwithstanding the fifteen (15) day period limitation, on November 2, 2016, November 23, 2016, December 6, 2016 and December 16,
2016,  we  received  $1,000,000  pursuant  to  the  Revolving  Note  and  we  issued  to  the  Investor  additional  warrants  to  purchase  2,500,000
shares of our Common Stock. The terms of the Warrants are identical except for the exercise date, issue date, and termination date.

In  the  event  that  a  Qualified  Offering  occurs  on  or  prior  to  the  six  (6)  month  anniversary  of  October  28,  2016,  within  seven  (7)
Business Days of the closing of the Qualified Offering, the Company shall pay a cash fee equal to five percent (5%) of the total outstanding
amount owed by the Company to the Holder as of the closing date of the Qualified Offering or, at the option of the Company, issue to the
Holder a number of restricted shares of the Company’s common stock equal to (x) five percent (5%) of the total outstanding amount owed
by the Company to the Holder as of the closing date of the Qualified Offering divided by (y) the purchase price provided by the documents
governing the Qualified Offering. A  Qualified Offering means the completion of a public offering of the Company’s securities pursuant to
which the Company receives aggregate gross proceeds of at least Seven Million United States Dollars (US$7,000,000) in consideration of
the purchase of its securities and resulting in, pursuant to the effectiveness of the registration statement for such offering, the Company’s
common stock being traded on the NASDAQ Capital Market, NASDAQ Global Select Market or the New York Stock Exchange.

In the event that a Qualified Offering occurs following the six (6) month anniversary of October 28, 2016, but prior to the Maturity
Date, within seven(7) Business Days of the closing of the Qualified Offering, the Company shall pay a cash fee equal to five percent (5%)
of the total outstanding amount owed by the Company to the Holder as of the closing date of the Qualified Offering or, at the option of the
Company, issue to the Holder a number of restricted shares of the Company’s common stock equal to (x) five percent (5%) of the total
outstanding amount owed by the Company to the Holder as of the closing date of the Qualified Offering divided by (y) the purchase price
provided by the documents governing the Qualified Offering.

Interest on the principal balance of the Revolving Note shall be paid in full on the Maturity Date, unless otherwise paid prior to the
Maturity  Date.  Interest  shall  be  assessed  as  follows:  (i)  a  one-time  interest  of  10%  on  all  principal  amounts  advanced  prior  to April  28,
2017; (ii) the foregoing and 4% on any amount remaining outstanding if the principal amount is repaid between April 28, 2017 and July 28,
2017; or (iii) both of the foregoing and 4% on any amount remaining outstanding if the principal amount is repaid between July 28, 2017
and October 28, 2017.

Broker  fees  amounting  to  $116,500,  the  one-time  interest  of  $125,000  and  the  fair  value  of  the  3,125,000  warrants  issued  to  the
Investor  amounting  to  $479,730  were  recorded  as  debt  discounts  and  amortized  over  the  term  of  the  revolving  note.  For  the  year  ended
December  31,  2016,  the  Company  recognized  amortization  expense  related  to  the  debt  discounts  indicated  above  of  $84,200.  The
unamortized debt discounts as of December 31, 2016 related to the convertible debentures amounted to $637,030.

The following table provides a summary of the changes in convertible debt and revolving note payable, net of unamortized discounts,

during 2016:

Balance at January 1,
Issuance of convertible debt, face value
Issuance of revolving note payable, face value
Original issue discount
Debt discount from derivative liabilities (embedded conversion option and warrants)
Debt discount from beneficial conversion feature

Deferred financing fees
Debt discount related to one-time interest charge
Repayment of convertible debt
Conversion of convertible debt into common stock
Debt discount from shares and warrants issued with the notes
Accretion of interest and amortization of debt discount to interest expense
Balance at December 31,
Less: revolving note payable
Less: current portion of convertible debt
Convertible debt, long-term portion

- 67 -

  $

  $

2016

277,342 
2,509,045 
1,250,000 
(189,496)
(1,153,817)

(20,721)
(385,371)
(170,000)
(107,000)
(100.000)
(596,867)
3,960,822 
5,273,937 
612,970 
4,005,702 
655,265 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Other Notes

On  January  15,  2015  we  signed  a  Merchant Agreement  with  a  lender.  Under  the  agreement,  we  received  $150,000  in  exchange  for
rights to all customer receipts until the lender was paid $187,500, which was collected at the rate of $744 per business day. The payments
were secured by essentially all tangible assets of the Company. $67,925 of the proceeds were used to pay off the outstanding balance of a
previous loan from this lender. The Company paid $1,875 in fees in connection with this loan. The note was paid off in its entirety prior to
December 31, 2015.

On  January  29,  2015  we  signed  a  Merchant Agreement  with  a  lender.  Under  the  agreement,  we  received  $200,000  in  exchange  for
rights to all customer receipts until the lender was paid $278,000, which was collected at the rate of $1,985 per business day. The payments
were secured by essentially all tangible assets of the Company. The Company paid $999 in fees in connection with this loan. The note was
paid off in its entirety prior to December 31, 2015.

On March 17, 2015 we signed a Merchant Agreement with a lender. Under the agreement, we received $50,000 in exchange for rights
to all customer receipts until the lender was paid $67,450, which was collected at the rate of $559 per business day. The payments were
secured by essentially all tangible assets of the Company. The Company paid $999 in fees in connection with this loan. The note was paid
off in its entirety prior to December 31, 2015.

On May 29, 2015 we signed a Merchant Agreement with a lender. Under the agreement, we received $100,000 in exchange for rights
to all customer receipts until the lender was paid $132,000, which was collected at the rate of $1,098 per business day. The Company paid
$3,999 in fees in connection with this loan. The note was paid off in its entirety prior to December 31, 2015.

On August  28,  2015  we  signed  a  Merchant Agreement  with  a  lender.  Under  the  agreement,  we  received  $300,000  in  exchange  for
rights to all customer receipts until the lender is paid $384,000, to be collected at the rate of $2,560 per business day. The payments are not
secured. On the closing date, $131,710 of the proceeds were used to pay off the outstanding balances of two existing Notes. The Company
paid $6,000 in fees in connection with this loan. The loan was paid off in its entirety prior to December 31, 2016.

During  the  year  ended  December  31,  2015,  we  signed  three  ninety-day  notes  with  an  investor.  Under  the  terms  of  the  notes,  the
Company received a total of $600,000. The investor converted these loans, plus $60,000 in accrued interest into the Company’s $5 million
PIPE offering on July 21, 2015. There was no gain or loss on the conversion.

During the year ended December 31, 2015, the Company made payments of $587,949 in total on the non-convertible debt from non-

related parties.

On January 6, 2016 we signed a Merchant Agreement with a lender. Under the agreement we received $250,000 in exchange for rights
to  all  customer  receipts  until  the  lender  is  paid  $322,500,  which  is  collected  at  the  rate  of  $1,280  per  business  day.  The  payments  were
secured by second position rights to all customer receipts until the loan has been paid in full. $138,840 of the proceeds were used to pay off
the outstanding balance of a previous loan from another lender. The Company recognized a gain on the settlement of the previous loan of
$5,044 which was credited to interest expense. The Company paid $2,500 in fees in connection with this loan. We received an additional
$93,161 in June 2016 under the existing Merchant Agreement. The note was still outstanding as of December 31, 2016 with a balance of
$157,287.

On January 20, 2016 we borrowed $50,000 from an individual with no interest or fees. We paid back the loan in March 2016.

On February 8, 2016 we signed a Merchant Agreement with a lender. Under the agreement we received $100,000 in exchange for third
position  rights  to  all  customer  receipts  until  the  lender  is  paid  $129,900,  which  is  collected  at  the  rate  of  $927  per  business  day.  The
Company paid $2,000 in fees in connection with this loan. We received an additional $125,000 in June 2016 under the existing Merchant
Agreement of which $48,420 was used to pay off the prior loan. The lender provided an additional $70,000 on August 16, 2016. We repaid
a portion of the $70,000 with $32,430 remaining as outstanding as of December 31, 2016.

On May 9, 2016 we signed a promissory note with a lender. Under the agreement we received $200,000 net of a $6,000 original issue
discount and we repaid $206,000 on August 25, 2016. In connection with this promissory note, we issued warrants exercisable into 100,000
shares of our common stock. The warrants issued in this transaction are immediately exercisable at an exercise price of $0.55 per share. The
warrants have an expiration period of three years from the original issue date. The warrants are subject to adjustment for stock splits, stock
dividends  or  recapitalizations.  The  warrants  were  recorded  as  a  component  of  our  Stockholders’  Equity.  The  estimated  fair  value  of  the
warrants was determined using the binomial model, resulting in an allocation of $27,349 to the total warrants and recorded as a discount to
the note to be amortized over the term of the loan. We evaluated the warrants for derivative liability treatment and determined that these
instruments do not include certain rights such as price protection like our previous debt financings. Accordingly, we concluded that these
instruments  did  not  qualify  for  derivative  accounting  treatment.  In August  2016,  the  lender  extended  the  maturity  date  of  the  note  from
August 11, 2016 to August 25, 2016. Consequently, a penalty interest of $41,200 was added to the principal amount and settled through the
issuance of 100,049 common shares. As of December 31, 2016, the outstanding balance on this note was zero.

On August  26,  2016  we  signed  a  Merchant Agreement  with  a  lender.  Under  the  agreement  we  received  $122,465  net  proceeds  in
exchange for rights to all customer receipts which is collected at the rate of $1,386 per business day. The note was still outstanding as of
December 31, 2016 with a balance of $48,440.

Related Party Notes

During  the  year  ended  December  31,  2016,  the  Company  received  advances  from  certain  officers  of  the  Company  amounting  to
$20,000. These advances were non-interest bearing and payable on demand. As of December 31, 2016 there are no outstanding notes to
related parties.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
- 68 -

 
 
 
(9) Stockholders’ (Deficit)

Preferred Stock

We are authorized to issue 1,000,000 shares of preferred stock with a par value of $0.01. Of the 1,000,000 shares of preferred stock:

1)

2)

3)

4)

5)

6)

7)

8)

9)

20,000 shares have been designated as Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock (“Junior A”)

313,960 shares have been designated as Series A Convertible Preferred Stock (“Series A”)

279,256 shares have been designated as Series B Convertible Preferred Stock (“Series B”)

88,098 shares have been designated as Series C Convertible Preferred Stock (“Series C”)

850 shares have been designated as Series D Convertible Preferred Stock (“Series D”)

500 shares have been designated as Series E Convertible Preferred Stock (“Series E”)

240,000 shares have been designated as Series G Convertible Preferred Stock (“Series G”)

10,000 shares have been designated as Series H Convertible Preferred Stock (“Series H”)

21 shares have been designated as Series H2 Convertible Preferred Stock (“Series H2”)

10) 6,250 shares have been designated as Series J Convertible Preferred Stock (“Series J”)

11) 15,000 shares have been designated as Series K Convertible Preferred Stock (“Series K”)

As of December 31, 2016 and 2015, there were no shares of Junior A, and Series A, B, C, E, and H1 issued and outstanding.

Series D Convertible Preferred Stock

On November 11, 2011, we completed a registered direct offering, pursuant to which we sold an aggregate of 843 units for a purchase
price of $1,000 per unit, resulting in gross proceeds to us of $843,000 (the “Series D Placement”). Each unit (“Series D Unit”) consisted of
(i) one share of Series D Convertible Preferred Stock, $0.01 par value per share (the “Series D Convertible Preferred Stock”) convertible
into 1,538.46 shares of our common stock, (subject to adjustment for stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalization, etc.) and (ii) one five-
year warrant to purchase approximately 614 shares of our common stock at a per share exercise price of $0.81, subject to adjustment as
provided in the Warrants (“ Series D Warrant ”). The Series D Warrants will be exercisable beginning on May 11, 2012 and until the close
of business on the fifth anniversary of the initial exercise date.

The proceeds from the sale of each Series D Unit were allocated between the Series D Convertible Preferred Stock and the Series D
Warrants  based  on  the  residual  method.  The  estimated  fair  value  of  the  Series  D  Warrants  was  determined  using  a  binomial  formula,
resulting in an allocation of the gross proceeds of $283,725 to the total warrants issued. The allocation of the gross proceeds to the Series D
Convertible Preferred Stock was $559,275. In accordance with the provisions of ASC 470-20, an additional adjustment between Additional
Paid  in  Capital  and Accumulated  Deficit  of  $530,140  was  recorded  to  reflect  an  implicit  non-cash  dividend  related  to  the  allocation  of
proceeds between the stock and warrants issued. The $530,140 represents the value of the adjustment to additional paid in capital related to
the beneficial conversion feature of the Series D Convertible Preferred Stock. The value adjustment was calculated by subtracting the fair
market  value  of  the  underlying  common  stock  on  November  10,  2011  issuable  upon  conversion  of  the  Series  D  Convertible  Preferred
Stock from the fair market value of the Series D Convertible Preferred Stock as determined when the Company performed a fair market
value  allocation  of  the  proceeds  to  the  Series  D  Convertible  Preferred  Stock  and  warrants.  The  warrants  are  recorded  as  a  liability.  See
“Warrant Derivative Liability” below.

The Series D Convertible Preferred Stock will rank senior to the Company’s common stock and Series C Convertible Preferred Stock
with  respect  to  payments  made  upon  liquidation,  winding  up  or  dissolution.  Upon  any  liquidation,  dissolution  or  winding  up  of  the
Company, after payment of the Company’s debts and liabilities, and before any payment is made to the holders of any junior securities, the
holders  of  Series  D  Convertible  Preferred  Stock  will  first  be  entitled  to  be  paid  $1,000  per  share  subject  to  adjustment  for  accrued  but
unpaid dividends.

We may not pay any dividends on shares of common stock unless we also pay dividends on the Series D Convertible Preferred Stock
in  the  same  form  and  amount,  on  an  as-if-converted  basis,  as  dividends  actually  paid  on  shares  of  our  common  stock.  Except  for  such
dividends, no other dividends may be paid on the Series D Convertible Preferred Stock.

Each  share  of  Series  D  Convertible  Preferred  Stock  is  convertible  into  1,538.46  shares  of  common  stock  (based  upon  an  initial
conversion  price  of  $0.65  per  share)  at  any  time  at  the  option  of  the  holder,  subject  to  adjustment  for  stock  splits,  stock  dividends,
combinations, and similar recapitalization transactions (the “Series D Conversion Ratio”).  Subject  to  certain  exceptions,  if  the  Company
issues any shares of common stock or common stock equivalents at a per share price that is lower than the conversion price of the Series D
Convertible Preferred Stock, the conversion price will be reduced to the per share price at which such shares of common stock or common
stock equivalents are issued. Each share of Series D Convertible Preferred Stock will automatically be converted into shares of common
stock at the Series D Conversion Ratio then in effect if, after six months from the closing of the Series D Placement, the common stock
trades on the OTCQB (or other primary trading market or exchange on which the common stock is then traded) at a price equal to at least
300%  of  the  then  effective  Series  D  Convertible  Preferred  Stock  conversion  price  for  20  out  of  30  consecutive  trading  days  with  each

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
trading  day  having  a  volume  of  at  least  $50,000.  Unless  waived  under  certain  circumstances  by  the  holder  of  the  Series  D  Convertible
Preferred Stock, such holder’s Series D Convertible Preferred Stock may not be converted if upon such conversion the holder’s beneficial
ownership would exceed certain thresholds.

- 69 -

 
 
 
In addition, in the event we consummate a merger or consolidation with or into another person or other reorganization event in which
our shares of common stock are converted or exchanged for securities, cash or other property, or we sell, lease, license or otherwise dispose
of  all  or  substantially  all  of  our  assets  or  we  or  another  person  acquire  50%  or  more  of  our  outstanding  shares  of  common  stock,  then
following such event, the holders of the Series D Convertible Preferred Stock will be entitled to receive upon conversion of the Series D
Convertible  Preferred  Stock  the  same  kind  and  amount  of  securities,  cash  or  property  which  the  holders  of  the  Series  D  Convertible
Preferred Stock would have received had they converted the Series D Convertible Preferred Stock immediately prior to such fundamental
transaction.

The  holders  of  Series  D  Convertible  Preferred  Stock  are  not  entitled  to  vote  on  any  matters  presented  to  the  stockholders  of  the
Company for their action or consideration at any meeting of stockholders of the Company (or by written consent of stockholders in lieu of
meeting),  except  that  the  holders  of  Series  D  Convertible  Preferred  Stock  may  vote  separately  as  a  class  on  any  matters  that  would  (i)
amend,  our  Restated Articles  of  Organization,  as  amended,  in  a  manner  that  adversely  affects  the  rights  of  the  Series  D  Convertible
Preferred  Stock,  (ii)  alter  or  change  adversely  the  powers,  preferences  or  rights  of  the  Series  D  Convertible  Preferred  Stock  or  alter  or
amend the certificate of designation, (iii) authorize or create any class of shares ranking as to dividends, redemption or distribution of assets
upon liquidation senior to, or otherwise pari passu with, the Series D Convertible Preferred Stock, or (iv) increase the number of authorized
shares of Series D Convertible Preferred Stock.

If, within 12 months of the initial issuance of the Series D Convertible Preferred Stock, we issue any common stock, common stock
equivalents, indebtedness or any combination thereof (a “Subsequent Financing”), the holders of Series D Convertible Preferred Stock will
have the right to participate on a pro-rata basis in up to 50% of such Subsequent Financing.

Series D Warrants

The Series D Warrants originally had an exercise price equal to $0.81 per share of common stock. In April 2012, the number of Series
D  Warrants  increased  by  530,406  to  a  total  of  1,047,875  and  each  Series  D  Warrant  had  an  exercise  price  reset  to  $0.40  per  share  of
common  stock.  In  December  of  2013  the  number  of  Series  D  Warrants  increased  by  628,733  to  a  total  of  1,676,608  and  each  Series  D
Warrant had an exercise price reset to $0.25 per share of common stock. The Series D Warrants will be exercisable beginning on the six-
month anniversary of the date of issuance and expire five years from the initial exercise date. The Series D Warrants permit the holder to
conduct a “cashless exercise” at any time a registration statement registering, or the prospectus contained therein, is not available for the
issuance of the shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of the Series D Warrant, and under certain circumstances at the expiration
of the Series D Warrants. The exercise price and/or number of shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of the Series D Warrants are
subject to adjustment for certain stock dividends, stock splits or similar capital reorganizations, as set forth in the Warrants. The exercise
price is also subject to adjustment in the event that we issue any shares of common stock or common stock equivalents at a per share price
that is lower than the exercise price for the Series D Warrants then in effect. Upon any such issuance, subject to certain exceptions, the
exercise price will be reduced to the per share price at which such shares of common stock or common stock equivalents are issued and
number of Series D Warrant shares issuable thereunder shall be increased such that the aggregate exercise price payable thereunder, after
taking into account the decrease in the exercise price, shall be equal to the aggregate exercise price prior to such adjustment. Unless waived
under certain circumstance by the holder of a Series D Warrant, such holder may not exercise the Series D Warrant if upon such exercise
the holder’s beneficial ownership of the Company’s common stock would exceed certain thresholds.

In the event we consummate a merger or consolidation with or into another person or other reorganization event in which our shares of
common stock are converted or exchanged for securities, cash  or  other  property,  or  we  sell,  lease,  license  or  otherwise  dispose  of  all  or
substantially all of our assets or we or another person acquire 50% or more of our outstanding shares of common stock, then following such
event, the holders of the Series D Warrants will be entitled to receive upon exercise of the Series D Warrants the same kind and amount of
securities,  cash  or  property  which  the  holders  would  have  received  had  they  exercised  the  Series  D  Warrants  immediately  prior  to  such
fundamental transaction.

- 70 -

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Series G Convertible Preferred Stock

On July 6 and November 15, 2012, we completed a private placement, pursuant to which we sold an aggregate of 145,320 units for a
purchase  price  of  $5.00  per  unit  (the  “Series  G  Purchase  Price”),  resulting  in  gross  proceeds  to  us  of  $726,600  (the  “Series  G  Private
Placement”). Each unit (“Series G Unit”) consists of (i) one share of Series G Convertible Preferred Stock, $0.01 par value per share (the
“Series  G  Preferred  Stock”)  convertible  into  10  shares  of  our  common  stock,  (subject  to  adjustment  for  stock  splits,  stock  dividends,
recapitalization,  etc.)  and  (ii)  a  three-year  warrant  to  purchase  5  shares  of  our  common  stock  at  a  per  share  exercise  price  of  $0.50  (the
“Series  G  Warrant ”).  The  Series  G  Warrants  will  be  exercisable  until  the  close  of  business  on  the  third  anniversary  of  the  applicable
closing date of the Series G Private Placement.

Each share of Series G Preferred Stock will receive a cumulative dividend at the annual rate of (i) four percent (4%) on those shares of
Series G Preferred Stock purchased from the Company by an individual purchaser with an aggregate investment of less than $100,000, (ii)
six percent (6%) on those shares of Series G Preferred Stock purchased from the Company by an individual purchaser with an aggregate
investment  of  at  least  $100,000  but  less  than  $250,000,  and  (iii)  twelve  percent  (12%)  on  those  shares  of  Series  G  Preferred  Stock
purchased  from  the  Company  by  an  individual  purchaser  with  an  aggregate  investment  of  at  least  $250,000.  Dividends  accruing  on  the
Series  G  Preferred  Stock  shall  accrue  from  day  to  day  until,  and  shall  be  paid  within  fifteen  (15)  days  of,  the  first  anniversary  of,  the
original  issue  date  of  the  Series  G  Preferred  Stock;  provided,  however,  if  any  shares  of  the  Company’s  Series  E  Preferred  Stock  are
outstanding at such time, payment of the accrued dividends on the Series G Preferred Stock shall be deferred until no such shares of Series
E Convertible Preferred Stock remain outstanding. The Company may pay accrued dividends on the Series G Preferred Stock in cash or in
shares of its common stock equal to the volume weighted average price of the common stock as reported by the OTCQB for the ten (10)
trading days immediately preceding the Series G’s first anniversary.

At  the  election  of  the  Company  and  upon  required  advanced  notice,  each  share  of  Series  G  Preferred  Stock  will  automatically  be
converted into shares of common stock at the Conversion Ratio then in effect: (i) if, after 6 months from the original issuance date of the
Series G Preferred Stock, the common stock trades on the OTCQB (or other primary trading market or exchange on which the common
stock is then traded) at a price equal to at least $0.75, for 7 out of 10 consecutive trading days with average daily trading volume of at least
10,000 shares, (ii) on or after the first anniversary of the original issuance date of the Series G Preferred Stock or (iii) upon completion of a
firm-commitment underwritten registered public offering by the Company at a per share price equal to at least $0.75, with aggregate gross
proceeds to the Company of not less than $2.5 million. Unless waived under certain circumstances by the holder of the Series G Preferred
Stock,  such  holder’s  Series  G  Preferred  Stock  may  not  be  converted  if  upon  such  conversion  the  holder’s  beneficial  ownership  would
exceed certain thresholds.

The holders of Series G Preferred Stock are not entitled to vote on any matters presented to the stockholders of the Company for their
action or consideration at any meeting of stockholders of the Company (or by written consent of stockholders in lieu of meeting), except as
required by law.

Series G Warrants

The Series G Warrants issued in the Series G Private Placement had an exercise price equal to $0.50 per share and expired on July 6,

2015.

- 71 -

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Series H Convertible Preferred Stock

On  December  28,  2012  the  Company  amended  the  Articles  of  Incorporation  to  authorize  10,000  shares  of  Series  H  Convertible
Preferred Stock. On January 4, 2013, the Company reported that it had entered into a securities purchase and exchange agreement with an
investor, pursuant to which the Company agreed to exchange 1,000,000 shares of the Company’s common stock, par value $0.01 per share
of common stock held by the investor for an aggregate of 10,000 shares of a newly created series of preferred stock, designated Series H
Convertible Preferred Stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “Series H Preferred Stock”) in a non-cash transaction. The investor originally
purchased the common stock from the Company for $0.8025 per share. The exchange ratio was 100 shares of common stock per share of
Series H Preferred Stock at a stated conversion price of $0.8025 per share.

Series H2 Convertible Preferred Stock

On December 23, 2014 the Company amended the Articles of Incorporation to authorize 21 shares of Series H2 Convertible Preferred
Stock.  On  December  23,  2014,  the  Company  reported  that  it  had  entered  into  a  securities  purchase  and  exchange  agreement  with  an
investor, pursuant to which the Company agreed to exchange 2,100,000 shares of the Company’s common stock, par value $0.01 per share
of  common  stock  held  by  the  investor  for  an  aggregate  of  21  shares  of  a  newly  created  series  of  preferred  stock,  designated  Series  H2
Convertible Preferred Stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “Series H2 Preferred Stock”) in a non-cash transaction. The investor originally
acquired the common stock from the Company for $0.25 per share in the warrant reset transaction on December 23, 2014. The exchange
ratio was 100,000 shares of common stock per share of Series H2 Preferred Stock at a stated conversion price of $0.25 per share.

Series J Convertible Preferred Stock

On  February  6,  March  28  and  May  20,  2013,  the  Company  entered  into  a  Securities  Purchase  with  various  individuals  pursuant  to
which  the  Company  sold  an  aggregate  of  5,087.5  units  for  a  purchase  price  of  $400.00  per  unit  (the  “Purchase  Price”),  or  an  aggregate
Purchase Price of $2,034,700. Each unit purchased in the initial tranche consists of (i) one share of a newly created series of preferred stock,
designated Series J Convertible Preferred Stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “Series J Convertible Preferred Stock”), convertible into
1,000 shares of the Company’s common stock, par value $0.01 per share and (ii) a warrant to purchase 1,000 shares of common stock at an
exercise price equal to $0.40 per share. The warrants expire three years from the issuance date.

From the date of issuance of any shares of Series J Convertible Preferred Stock and until the earlier of the first anniversary of such
date, the voluntary conversion of any shares of Series J Convertible Preferred Stock, or the date of any mandatory conversion (solely under
the  Company’s  control  based  upon  certain  triggering  events)  of  the  Series  J  Convertible  Preferred  Stock,  dividends  will  accrue  on  each
share of Series J Convertible Preferred Stock at an annual rate of (i) four percent (4%) of the Purchase Price on those shares of Series J
Convertible Preferred Stock purchased from the Company pursuant to the Securities Purchase Agreement by an individual purchaser who
purchased from the Company shares of Series J Convertible Preferred Stock with an aggregate Purchase Price of less than $250,000, and
(ii) six percent (6%) of the Purchase Price on those shares of Series J Convertible Preferred Stock purchased from the Company pursuant to
the  Securities  Purchase Agreement  by  an  individual  purchaser  who  purchased  shares  of  Series  J  Convertible  Preferred  Stock  with  an
aggregate purchase price of at least $250,000. Dividends accruing on the Series J Convertible Preferred Stock shall accrue from day to day
until the earlier of the first anniversary of the date of issuance of such shares of Series J Convertible Stock, the voluntary conversion of any
shares of Series J Convertible Preferred Stock, or the date of any mandatory conversion of the Series J Convertible Preferred Stock, and
shall be paid, as applicable, within fifteen (15) days of the first anniversary of the original issue date of the Series J Convertible Preferred
Stock, within five (5) days of the voluntary conversion of shares of the Series J Convertible Preferred Stock, or within five (5) days of the
mandatory  conversion  of  shares  of  the  Series  J  Convertible  Preferred  Stock.  The  Company  may  pay  accrued  dividends  on  the  Series  J
Convertible Preferred Stock in cash or, in the sole discretion of the Board of Directors of the Company, in shares of its common stock in
accordance with a specified formula.

- 72 -

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Each share of Series J Convertible Preferred Stock is convertible into 1,000 shares of common stock at the option of the holder on or
after the six-month anniversary of the issuance of such share, subject to adjustment for stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations and
similar transactions (the “Conversion Ratio”). Unless waived under certain circumstances by the holder of Series J Convertible Preferred
Stock, such holder’s shares of Series J Convertible Preferred Stock may not be converted if upon such conversion the holder’s beneficial
ownership would exceed certain thresholds.

At  the  election  of  the  Company  and  upon  required  advance  notice,  each  share  of  Series  J  Convertible  Preferred  Stock  will
automatically be converted into shares of common stock at the Conversion Ratio then in effect: (i) on or after the six-month anniversary of
the original issuance date of the Series J Convertible Preferred Stock, the common stock trades on the OTCQB (or other primary trading
market  or  exchange  on  which  the  common  stock  is  then  traded)  at  a  price  per  share  equal  to  at  least  $0.80  for  7  out  of  10  consecutive
trading days with average daily trading volume of at least 50,000 shares, (ii) on the first anniversary of the original issuance date of the
Series  J  Convertible  Preferred  Stock  or  (iii)  within  three  days  of  the  completion  of  a  firm-commitment  underwritten  registered  public
offering by the Company at a per share price equal to at least $0.80, with aggregate gross proceeds to the Company of not less than $2.5
million.  Unless  waived  under  certain  circumstances  by  the  holder  of  the  Series  J  Convertible  Preferred  Stock,  such  holder’s  Series  J
Convertible  Preferred  Stock  may  not  be  converted  if  upon  such  conversion  the  holder’s  beneficial  ownership  would  exceed  certain
thresholds.

The  holders  of  Series  J  Convertible  Preferred  Stock  are  not  entitled  to  vote  on  any  matters  presented  to  the  stockholders  of  the
Company for their action or consideration at any meeting of stockholders of the Company (or by written consent of stockholders in lieu of
meeting), except as required by law.

Series J Warrants

The Series J Warrants issued in the Series J Private Placement had an exercise price equal to $0.40 per share and expired on February 6,

March 28 and May 20, 2016.

- 73 -

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Registration Rights Agreement

In connection with the Private Placement, the Company has agreed that, if, at any time after February 1, 2014, the Company files a
Registration  Statement  relating  to  an  offering  of  equity  securities  of  the  Company  (the  “Registration  Statement”),  subject  to  certain
exceptions, including a Registration Statement relating solely to an offering or sale of securities having an aggregate public offering price
of less than $5,000,000, the Company shall include in the Registration Statement the resale of the shares of common stock underlying the
Warrants. Shares of common stock issued upon conversion of Series J Convertible Preferred Stock or in payment of the dividend on the
Series J Convertible Preferred Stock will not be registered and will not be subject to registration rights. This right is subject to customary
conditions and procedures.

Series K Convertible Preferred Stock

On December 12, 2013, the Company entered into a Securities Purchase with various individuals pursuant to which the Company sold
an aggregate of 4,000 units for a purchase price of $250.00 per unit (the “Purchase Price”), for an aggregate Purchase Price of $1,000,000.
Each  unit  purchased  in  the  initial  tranche  consists  of  (i)  one  share  of  a  newly  created  series  of  preferred  stock,  designated  Series  K
Convertible Preferred Stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “Series K Convertible Preferred Stock”), convertible into 1,000 shares of the
Company’s common stock, par value $0.01 per share and (ii) a warrant to purchase 500 shares of common stock at an exercise price equal
to  $0.3125  per  share.  The  warrants  expire  three  years  from  the  issuance  date.  Of  the  $1,000,000  invested  in  the  Private  Placement,
$572,044  was  received  in  cash  and  $427,956  was  from  the  conversion  of  outstanding  indebtedness  and  interest.  The  Company  incurred
$43,334 of fees in conjunction with this private placement. The purchasers in the initial tranche of the private placement consisted of certain
existing and new investors in the Company as well as all of the members of the Company’s Board of Directors.

From the date of issuance of any shares of Series K Convertible Preferred Stock and until the earlier of the first anniversary of such
date,  the  voluntary  conversion  of  any  shares  of  Series  K  Convertible  Preferred  Stock,  or  the  date  of  any  mandatory  conversion  (solely
under the Company’s control based upon certain triggering events) of the Series K Convertible Preferred Stock, dividends will accrue on
each share of Series K Convertible Preferred Stock at an annual rate of (i) four percent (4%) of the Purchase Price on those shares of Series
K  Convertible  Preferred  Stock  purchased  from  the  Company  pursuant  to  the  Securities  Purchase Agreement  by  an  individual  purchaser
who purchased from the Company shares of Series K Convertible Preferred Stock with an aggregate Purchase Price of less than $100,000,
and  (ii)  six  percent  (6%)  of  the  Purchase  Price  on  those  shares  of  Series  K  Convertible  Preferred  Stock  purchased  from  the  Company
pursuant to the Securities Purchase Agreement by an individual purchaser who purchased shares of Series K Convertible Preferred Stock
with an aggregate purchase price of at least $100,000. Dividends accruing on the Series K Convertible Preferred Stock shall accrue from
day  to  day  until  the  earlier  of  the  first  anniversary  of  the  date  of  issuance  of  such  shares  of  Series  K  Convertible  Stock,  the  voluntary
conversion  of  any  shares  of  Series  K  Convertible  Preferred  Stock,  or  the  date  of  any  mandatory  conversion  of  the  Series  K  Convertible
Preferred Stock, and shall be paid, as applicable, within fifteen (15) days of the first anniversary of the original issue date of the Series K
Convertible  Preferred  Stock,  within  five  (5)  days  of  the  voluntary  conversion  of  shares  of  the  Series  K  Convertible  Preferred  Stock,  or
within five (5) days of the mandatory conversion of shares of the Series K Convertible Preferred Stock. The Company may pay accrued
dividends on the Series K Convertible Preferred Stock in cash or, in the sole discretion of the Board of Directors of the Company, in shares
of its common stock in accordance with a specified formula.

Each share of Series K Convertible Preferred Stock is convertible into 1,000 shares of common stock at the option of the holder on or
after the six-month anniversary of the issuance of such share, subject to adjustment for stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations and
similar transactions (the “Conversion Ratio”). Unless waived under certain circumstances by the holder of Series K Convertible Preferred
Stock, such holder’s shares of Series K Convertible Preferred Stock may not be converted if upon such conversion the holder’s beneficial
ownership would exceed certain thresholds.

At  the  election  of  the  Company  and  upon  required  advance  notice,  each  share  of  Series  K  Convertible  Preferred  Stock  will
automatically be converted into shares of common stock at the Conversion Ratio then in effect: (i) on or after the six-month anniversary of
the original issuance date of the Series K Convertible Preferred Stock, the common stock trades on the OTCQB (or other primary trading
market  or  exchange  on  which  the  common  stock  is  then  traded)  at  a  price  per  share  equal  to  at  least  $0.80  for  7  out  of  10  consecutive
trading days with average daily trading volume of at least 50,000 shares, (ii) on the first anniversary of the original issuance date of the
Series  K  Convertible  Preferred  Stock  or  (iii)  within  three  days  of  the  completion  of  a  firm-commitment  underwritten  registered  public
offering by the Company at a per share price equal to at least $0.80, with aggregate gross proceeds to the Company of not less than $2.5
million.  Unless  waived  under  certain  circumstances  by  the  holder  of  the  Series  K  Convertible  Preferred  Stock,  such  holder’s  Series  K
Convertible  Preferred  Stock  may  not  be  converted  if  upon  such  conversion  the  holder’s  beneficial  ownership  would  exceed  certain
thresholds.

- 74 -

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The proceeds from the sale of each Series K Unit were allocated between the Series K Convertible Preferred Stock and the Series K
Warrants based on the relative fair value method. The estimated fair value of the Series K Warrants was determined using a Black-Scholes
formula, resulting in an allocation of the gross proceeds of $271,422 to the total warrants issued. The allocation of the gross proceeds to the
Series K Convertible Preferred Stock was $685,245, net of $43,334 in fees. In accordance with the provisions of ASC 470-20, an additional
adjustment in the aggregate between Additional Paid in Capital and Accumulated Deficit of $1,495,415 was recorded for all tranches of
Series K to reflect an implicit, deemed non-cash dividend related to the allocation of proceeds between the stock and warrants issued. The
$1,495,415 represents the aggregate value of the adjustment to additional paid in capital related to the beneficial conversion feature of the
Series K Convertible Preferred Stock. The value adjustment was calculated by subtracting the fair market value of the underlying common
stock on the closing dates issuable upon conversion of the Series K Convertible Preferred Stock from the fair market value of the Series K
Convertible  Preferred  Stock  as  determined  when  the  Company  performed  a  fair  market  value  allocation  of  the  proceeds  to  the  Series  K
Convertible Preferred Stock and warrants.

On January 29, 2014, the Company entered into a Securities Purchase Agreement with various accredited investors, pursuant to which
the Company sold an aggregate of 4,875 units for a purchase price of $250.00 per unit or an aggregate Purchase Price of $1,218,750. This
was the second tranche of a $1.5 million private placement previously disclosed by the Company in its Current Report on Form 8-K filed
with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 12, 2013, which is incorporated by reference herein. The Purchasers in the
second tranche of the Private Placement consisted of certain existing and new investors in the Company, as well as all of the members of
the Company’s board of directors.

Each unit purchased in the second tranche consists of (i) one share of Series K Convertible Preferred Stock, par value $0.01 per share,
convertible  into  1,000  shares  of  the  Company’s  common  stock,  par  value  $0.01  per  share  and  (ii)  a  warrant  to  purchase  500  shares  of
common stock at an exercise price equal to $0.3125 per share, with a term expiring on January 29, 2017.

On February 28, 2014, the Company entered into a Securities Purchase Agreement with various accredited investors, pursuant to which
the Company sold an aggregate of 1,854 units for a purchase price of $340.00 per unit or an aggregate Purchase Price of $630,360. This
was the third tranche of a $1.5 million private placement previously disclosed by the Company in its Current Report on Form 8-K filed
with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 12, 2013, which is incorporated by reference herein. The Purchasers in the
third tranche of the Private Placement consisted of certain existing and new investors in the Company.

Each unit purchased in the third tranche consists of (i) one share of Series K Convertible Preferred Stock, par value $0.01 per share
convertible  into  1,000  shares  of  the  Company’s  common  stock,  par  value  $0.01  per  share  and  (ii)  a  warrant  to  purchase  500  shares  of
common stock at an exercise price equal to $0.425 per share, with a term expiring on February 28, 2017.

On June 30, 2014, the Company entered into a Securities Purchase Agreement with various accredited investors, pursuant to which the
Company sold an aggregate of 734 units for a purchase price of $300.00 per unit or an aggregate Purchase Price of $220,000. This was the
fourth tranche of a $1.5 million private placement previously disclosed by the Company in its Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the
Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  on  December  12,  2013,  which  is  incorporated  by  reference  herein.  The  Purchasers  in  the  fourth
tranche of the Private Placement consisted of certain existing and new investors in the Company.

Each unit purchased in the fourth tranche consists of (i) one share of Series K Convertible Preferred Stock, par value $0.01 per share
convertible  into  1,000  shares  of  the  Company’s  common  stock,  par  value  $0.01  per  share  and  (ii)  a  warrant  to  purchase  500  shares  of
common stock at an exercise price equal to $0.375 per share, with a term expiring on June 30, 2017.

On  November  12,  2014,  the  Company  entered  into  a  Securities  Purchase Agreement  with  various  accredited  investors,  pursuant  to
which the Company sold an aggregate of 1,052 units for a purchase price of $250.00 per unit or an aggregate Purchase Price of $263,000.
This was the fifth tranche of a $1.5 million private placement previously disclosed by the Company in its Current Report on Form 8-K filed
with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 12, 2013, which is incorporated by reference herein. The Purchasers in the
fourth tranche of the Private Placement consisted of certain existing and new investors in the Company.

- 75 -

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Each unit purchased in the fifth tranche consists of (i) one share of Series K Convertible Preferred Stock, par value $0.01 per share
convertible  into  1,000  shares  of  the  Company’s  common  stock,  par  value  $0.01  per  share  and  (ii)  a  warrant  to  purchase  500  shares  of
common stock at an exercise price equal to $0.3125 per share, with a term expiring on November 12, 2017.

The Private Placement was originally expected to raise $1.5 million and close on or before January 31, 2014. On January 29, 2014, the
Company’s Board of Directors voted to increase the subscription amount of the Private Placement by $718,750. The Board of Directors
also  voted  to  extend  the  Private  Placement  until  February  28,  2014.  On  February  28,  2014  the  Company’s  Board  of  Directors  voted  to
increase the subscription amount once again to a total of $3.5 million and extended the closing to April 4, 2014. On April 13, 2014 the
Company’s Board of Directors voted to increase the subscription amount by $1 million, to a total of $4.5 million, and extended the closing
to May 31, 2014. On July 7, 2014 the Company’s Board of Directors voted to extend the closing to August 15, 2014. Together with the
initial tranche of $1,000,000 that closed on December 12, 2013, the second tranche of $1,218,750 that closed January 29, 2014, the third
tranche  of  $630,360  that  closed  February  28,  2014,  the  fourth  tranche  of  $220,000  that  closed  June  30,  2014,  and  the  fifth  tranche  of
$263,000 that closed November 12, 2014,the total consideration received by the Company in the Private Placement is $3,332,110, which is
comprised of $2,511,404 in cash and $820,706 from the conversion of outstanding indebtedness and Board of Director fees. The placement
was closed after the November 12, 2014 round.

On  September  22,  2014  the  Company  issued  64,000  shares  of  common  stock  for  the  conversion  of  64  shares  of  Series  K  Preferred

Convertible Stock.

In connection with the Series K Warrants, we calculated the fair value of the warrants received as described above using the Black-

Scholes formula with the below assumptions:

Assumptions
Contractual life (in
months)
Expected volatility    
Risk-free interest
rate
Exercise price
Fair value per
warrant

  $

  $

Series K 
Warrants
December 12, 2013

Series K 
Warrants
January 29, 2014

Series K 
Warrants
February 28, 2014

Series K 
Warrants 
June 30, 2014

Series K 
Warrants
November 12, 2014

36 
136.1 

0.39%   
  $

0.3125 

36 
152.4 

0.39%   
  $

0.3125 

0.20 

  $

0.30 

  $

36 
152.7 

0.39%   
  $

0.425 

0.37 

  $

36 
153.9 

0.90%   
  $

0.375 

0.29 

  $

36 
153.9 

0.90%

0.3125 

0.23 

The  holders  of  Series  K  Convertible  Preferred  Stock  are  not  entitled  to  vote  on  any  matters  presented  to  the  stockholders  of  the
Company for their action or consideration at any meeting of stockholders of the Company (or by written consent of stockholders in lieu of
meeting), except as required by law.

Series K Warrants

The warrants issued in the Private Placement have an exercise price equal to $0.3125 per share, for the December 12, 2013 and January
29, 2014 warrants, $0.425 per share for the February 28, 2014 warrants, $0.375 per share for the June 30, 2014 warrants and $0.3125 per
share for the November 12, 2014 warrants, with a term expiring three years from the issuance date. The warrants also permit the holder to
conduct a “cashless exercise” at any time the holder of the warrant is an affiliate of the Company. The exercise price  and/or  number  of
shares  issuable  upon  exercise  of  the  warrants  will  be  subject  to  adjustment  for  stock  dividends,  stock  splits  or  similar  capital
reorganizations, as set forth in the warrant agreement.

Subject  to  the  terms  and  conditions  of  the  warrants,  at  any  time  commencing  six  months  from  the  closing  date  of  the  sale  of  Units
under the Securities Purchase Agreement the Company has the right to call the warrants for cancellation if the volume weighted average
price of its common stock on the OTCQB (or other primary trading market or exchange on which the common stock is then traded) equals
or exceeds three times the per share exercise price of the warrants for either (i) 10 consecutive trading days or (ii) 15 out of 25 consecutive
trading days.

- 76 -

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Registration Rights Agreement

In connection with the Private Placement, the Company has agreed that, if, at any time after February 1, 2014, the Company files a
Registration  Statement  relating  to  an  offering  of  equity  securities  of  the  Company  (the  “Registration  Statement”),  subject  to  certain
exceptions, including a Registration Statement relating solely to an offering or sale of securities having an aggregate public offering price
of less than $5,000,000, the Company shall include in the Registration Statement the resale of the shares of common stock underlying the
warrants. Shares of common stock issued upon conversion of Series K Convertible Preferred Stock or in payment of the dividend on the
Series K Convertible Preferred Stock will not be registered and will not be subject to registration rights. This right is subject to customary
conditions and procedures.

Common Stock

Stock Options and Warrants

Our stockholders approved our amended 2005 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2005 Plan”) pursuant to which an aggregate of 1,800,000
shares of our common stock were reserved for issuance upon exercise of stock options or other equity awards made under the 2005 Plan.
Under  the  2005  Plan,  we  may  award  stock  options,  shares  of  common  stock,  and  other  equity  interests  in  the  Company  to  employees,
officers, directors, consultants, and advisors, and to any other persons the Board of Directors deems appropriate. As of December 31, 2016,
options to acquire 1,153,750 shares were outstanding under the 2005 Plan with 586,250 shares available for future grant under the Plan.

On December 12, 2013 at the Company’s special meeting the shareholders approved the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan (the “ 2013 Plan”)
pursuant to which 3,000,000 shares of our common stock were reserved for issuance upon exercise of stock options or other equity awards
under the 2013 Plan. Under the Plan, we may award stock options, shares of common stock, and other equity interests in the Company to
employees,  officers,  directors,  consultants,  and  advisors,  and  to  any  other  persons  the  Board  of  Directors  deems  appropriate.  As  of
December  31,  2016,  options  to  acquire  2,047,500  shares  were  outstanding  under  the  Plan  with  952,500  shares  available  for  future  grant
under the 2013 Plan.

- 77 -

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
On  November  29,  2015  the  Company’s  Board  of  Directors  adopted  the  2015  Nonqualified  Stock  Option  Plan  (the  “ 2015  Plan”)
pursuant to which 5,000,000 shares of our common stock were reserved for issuance upon exercise of non-qualified stock options under the
2015 Plan. Under the Plan, we may award non-qualified stock options in the Company to employees, officers, directors, consultants, and
advisors, and to any other persons the Board of Directors deems appropriate. As of December 31, 2016, non-qualified options to acquire
2,068,000 shares were outstanding under the Plan with 2,932,000 shares available for future grants under the 2015 Plan.

All of the outstanding non-qualified options had an exercise price that was at or above the Company’s common stock share price on

December 31, 2016.

The following tables summarize information concerning options and warrants outstanding and exercisable:

Stock Options

Warrants

Total

Balance outstanding, January 1, 2015

Granted
Exercised
Expired
Forfeited

Balance outstanding, December 31, 2015

Granted
Exercised
Expired
Forfeited

Balance outstanding, December 31, 2016

Weighted
Average
price per
share

Shares

0.51      19,182,201    $
0.40      10,837,141     
-     
-     
(791,678)    
1.00     
0.70     
-     
0.44      29,227,664    $
8,179,552     
(70,000)    
1.00      (10,877,521)    
-     
0.51     
0.42      26,459,695    $

-     
-     

  Shares
    3,406,250    $
    2,500,000     
-     
(205,000)    
(130,000)    
    5,571,250    $
-     
-     
(186,000)    
(116,000)    
    5,269,250    $

Weighted
Average
price per
share

Shares

-     
0.31     
-     

    Exercisable  
0.49      22,588,451      20,858,111 
0.40      13,337,141     
-     
(996,678)    
(130,000)    
0.44      34,798,914      31,664,469 
8,179,552     
0.42     
0.31     
(70,000)    
0.55      (11,063,521)    
(116,000)    
0.40      31,728,945      29,730,959 

-     

Options Outstanding

    Weighted Average

Options Exercisable

    Weighted Average

Range of Exercise Prices
$0.30 - $0.39
0.40 - 0.49
0.50 - 0.59
0.60 - 0.69
0.70 - 1.25
$0.30 - $1.25

Number of
Options
    1,625,500     
    2,786,000     
226,250     
385,500     
246,000     
    5,269,250     

Remaining
Contractual
Life (Years)    

Exercise
Price

Number of
Options

Remaining
Contractual
Life (Years)    

Exercise
Price

7.7    $
8.7     
5.6     
3.1     
2.3     
7.6    $

0.30      1,342,762     
0.40      1,454,665     
226,250     
0.50     
385,500     
0.60     
1.00     
246,000     
0.42      3,655,177     

7.7    $
8.4     
5.6     
3.1     
2.3     
7.1    $

0.30 
0.40 
0.50 
0.60 
1.00 
0.43 

There was $369,224 of total unrecognized compensation cost, net of estimated forfeitures, related to non-vested stock options granted
as of December 31, 2016. This cost is expected to be recognized over a period of 1.81 years, and will be adjusted for any future changes in
estimated forfeitures.

The Series D Warrants issued in connection with the registered direct offering of Series D Convertible Preferred are measured at fair
value  and  liability-classified  because  the  Series  D  Warrants  contain  “down-round  protection”  and  therefore,  do  not  meet  the  scope
exception for treatment as a derivative under ASC 815,  Derivatives and Hedging, (“ASC 815”). Since “down-round protection” is not an
input into the calculation of the fair value of the warrants, the warrants cannot be considered indexed to the Company’s own stock which is
a  requirement  for  the  scope  exception  as  outlined  under ASC  815.  The  estimated  fair  value  of  the  warrants  was  determined  using  the
binomial model, resulting in an allocation of the gross proceeds $283,725 to the warrants issued in the Series D registered direct offering.
The fair value will be affected by changes in inputs to that model including our stock price, expected stock price volatility, the contractual
term, and the risk-free interest rate. We will continue to classify the fair value of the warrants as a liability until the warrants are exercised,
expire or are amended in a way that would no longer require these warrants to be classified as a liability, whichever comes first. The down-
round protection for the Series D Warrants survives for the life of the Series D Warrants, which ends in May 2017.

In connection with the senior secured convertible debentures issued in our private placement with closings in 2015 and 2016, we issued
warrants to the lenders to purchase an aggregate 8,767,857 and 2,517,052 shares of the Common Stock, respectively, at an exercise price of
$0.40 per share, expiring five years after the issuance date. We also issued, in 2015 and 2016, warrants to the placement agent to purchase
an aggregate 1,689,286 and 412,500 shares of the Common Stock, respectively, at an exercise price of $0.40 per share, expiring five years
after the issuance date. 

- 78 -

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
   
   
   
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
On December 31, 2015, we extended the expiration dates to two more years on certain warrants related to bridge loans. These warrants
were originally issued with a three-year expiration. The incremental value for the warrant extension was $69,627 which was recognized as
interest expense.

In 2015, we recorded expense of $93,488 related to warrants issued an investor relations firm in 2014 to purchase 300,000 shares of

restricted common stock.

In November 2016 we issued warrants to purchase 330,000 shares of restricted common stock to an investor relations firm for services

rendered with a total fair value of $84,735.

Common Stock Issuances

With respect to the convertible debenture for $223,000 signed by the Company on December 4, 2013, a lender, with the prior approval
of the Company, chose to convert a portion of the outstanding note balance into shares of the Company’s common stock, and to extend the
note for approximately 45 days after each conversion, as follows:

On January 14, 2015 $25,000 was converted into 100,000 shares of the Company’s common stock.

On February 25, 2015 $38,000 was converted into 140,741 shares of the Company’s common stock.

On April 10, 2015 $35,000 was converted into 140,000 shares of the Company’s common stock.

On May 29, 2015 $35,000 was converted into 140,000 shares of the Company’s common stock.

On July 21, 2015 $20,000 was converted into 80,000 shares of the Company’s common stock.

On August 13, 2015 $40,000 was converted into 160,000 shares of the Company’s common stock.

On September 25, 2015 $30,000 was converted into 120,000 shares of the Company’s common stock.

For  each  extension,  the  Company  paid  a  fee  of  $13,000,  $13,000,  $10,000,  and  $8,000,  respectively.  This  note  was  paid  off  in  its

entirety on November 5, 2015.

During  the  year  ended  December  31,  2015,  the  Company  issued  1,755,091  shares  with  a  fair  value  of  $457,030  for  consulting  and

investor relation services.

On August 14, 2015, the Company closed a Securities Exchange Agreement with Everest Investments Holdings of Warsaw, Poland
under  which  Everest  purchased  1,000,000  shares  of  the  Company’s  restricted  Common  Stock  at  a  purchase  price  of  $0.50/share.  In
exchange, the Company received 601,500 shares of Everest Investments (“Everest”), a publicly-traded company on the Main Market of the
Warsaw Stock Exchange. The shares of Everest were valued at approximately $400,000 as of the closing date.

With respect to the convertible debenture for $150,000 signed by the Company on June 4, 2014, a lender, with prior approval of the
Company, chose to convert a portion of the outstanding note balance into shares of the Company’s common stock, and to extend the note
for approximately 30 days after each conversion, as follows:

On February 18, 2015 $25,000 was converted into 100,000 shares of the Company’s common stock.

On March 18, 2015 $22,500 was converted into 90,000 shares of the Company’s common stock.

On March 31, 2015 $27,500 was converted into 110,000 shares of the Company’s common stock.

On April 17, 2015 $30,000 was converted into 120,000 shares of the Company’s common stock.

With respect to the convertible debenture for $75,000 signed by the Company on November 10, 2014, a lender, upon the request of the
Company, on June 8, 2015 agreed to extend the conversion date of the note until July 20, 2015. The lender received 40,000 shares of the
Company’s common stock in exchange for the extension. The Company recorded $10,000 to interest expense for this transaction. This note
was paid off in its entirety on July 24, 2015.

On  various  dates  in  December  2015,  $58,919  of  existing  convertible  debt  and  interest  was  converted  into  235,676  shares  of  the

Company’s common stock.

On April 22, 2016, we issued 22,996 shares of common stock in connection with a cashless exercise of 70,000 warrants.

On  May  6,  2016,  all  remaining  Series  K  preferred  shareholders  except  one  converted  4,600  shares  of  preferred  stock  into
approximately  4.6  million  shares  of  the  Company’s  common  stock.  The  Company  issued  247,435  shares  of  common  stock  to  pay  the
accrued dividend of $63,413 on Series K preferred stock.

On May 13, 2016, we issued 420,849 shares of common stock to convert $117,837 of convertible note principal and related interest.

See Note 8.

On  various  dates  from  January  to  September  2016,  we  issued  a  total  of  297,500  shares  of  common  stock  in  connection  with  the

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
convertible notes issued to lenders. We also issued 100,049 shares of common stock to settle debt of $41,200. See Note 8.

On August  29,  2016,  a  Series  J  preferred  shareholder  converted  25  shares  of  preferred  stock  into  25,000  shares  of  the  Company’s

common stock. The Company issued 1,112 shares of common stock to pay the accrued dividend of $442 on Series J preferred stock.

From August 29, 2016 through December 31, 2016, we completed five tranches of a private placement, pursuant to which we sold an
aggregate of 1,525,000 shares of common stock, $0.01 par value, for a purchase price of $0.40 per share, resulting in gross proceeds to us
of $610,000. The shares were issued and sold to a total of 2 accredited investors pursuant to a securities purchase agreement entered into as
of August 29, 2016. The investors received warrants to purchase 1,525,000 shares of the Company’s common stock at $0.50 exercise price.
The warrants expire 5 years after issuance. We also incurred stock issuance costs related to broker and legal fees of $79,035 which were
charged to additional paid in capital.

On various dates from January to December 2016 the Company issued 755,000 shares of restricted common stock to investor relations

firms for services rendered with a total fair value of $332,696.

- 79 -

 
 
 
 
 
 
(10) Subsequent Events

On  March  21,  2017,  we  received  an  eight-month,  non-convertible  loan  of  $170,000  from  an  accredited  investor.  The  loan  earns  an
annual interest rate of 10% and includes a 10% original issue discount.  We also agreed to issue the investor 170,000 shares of restricted
common stock.

On March 16, 2017, we awarded 660,000 incentive stock options to certain employees and 1,855,000 non-qualified stock options to
officers, consultants and directors of the Company. Terms of the stock options include the following significant items: (i) $0.28 exercise
price, (ii) 10-year life, (iii) 36 month vesting equally per month for employees and 12 month vesting equally per month for directors, (iv)
options vest immediately upon change in-control.

On March 14, 2017, we received an eight-month, non-convertible loan of $250,000 from a privately-held investment firm. The loan
earns an annual interest rate of 10% and includes a 10% original issue discount.  We also agreed to issue the investor 250,000 shares of
restricted common stock.

On March 2, 2017, we signed a Merchant Agreement with a lender. Under the agreement we received a loan of $75,000. The Company

paid no fees in connection with this loan.

On February 15, 2017, we received a six-month, non-convertible loan of $110,000 from each of two accredited investors. We agreed to

issue the investors 170,000 shares of restricted common stock. The loans earn no interest but carry a 10% original issue fee.

On  February  6,  2017,  we  signed  a  Merchant Agreement  with  a  lender.  Under  the  agreement  we  received  a  loan  of  $125,000.  The

Company paid $1,250 in fees in connection with this loan. Under the agreement, $16,180 was used to pay off the prior loan.

We received $250,000 in January 2017 and $500,000 in February 2017 pursuant to the October Revolving Note and we issued to the
Investor  additional  warrants  to  purchase  1,875,000  shares  of  our  common  stock.  The  terms  of  the  Warrants  are  identical  except  for  the
exercise date, issue date, and termination date. Interest on the principal balance of the Revolving Note shall be paid in full on the Maturity
Date, unless otherwise paid prior to the Maturity Date. 

On January 17, 2017, we signed a one-year agreement with an investor relations firm. We have the right to terminate the agreement
within 10 days of the end of each three-month period. We are committed to pay the IR firm $25,000 for each three-month term, in three
equal  monthly  allotments,  should  we  choose  to  keep  them  under  contract.  We  also  have  awarded  the  IR  firm  warrants  to  purchase  the
Company’s restricted common stock at an exercise price of $0.40/share. The number of warrants and exercise price that we are committed
to pay the IR firm for each three-month period, should we choose to keep them under contract, is as follows: Months 1-3: 100,000 warrants
at $0.40. Months 4-6: 125,000 warrants at $0.60. Months 7-9: 125,000 warrants at $0.80. Months 10-12: 150,000 warrants at $1.00.

In January 2017, we executed an amendment to the July 1, 2016 convertible note that was due on January 6, 2017. We received an
extension  of  up  to  three  months  on  the  note’s  due  date.  In  exchange  for  the  extension,  we  agreed  to  issue  50,000  shares  of  restricted
common stock and pay the investor $10,000 for each 30-day extension. We made a payment of $34,000 in January 2017 for the first one-
month extension and interest on the note from the initial close date through February 6, 2017. On February 28, 2017, the note was paid in
full.

- 80 -

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ITEM  9.  CHANGES  IN  AND  DISAGREEMENTS  WITH  ACCOUNTANTS  ON  ACCOUNTING  AND  FINANCIAL
DISCLOSURE.

None

ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

We maintain disclosure controls and procedures that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in our Securities
Exchange Act of 1934 filings are recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and
forms,  and  that  such  information  is  accumulated  and  communicated  to  our  management,  including  our  President  and  Chief  Executive
Officer  (Principal  Executive  Officer)  and  Chief  Financial  Officer  (Principal  Financial  Officer),  as  appropriate,  to  allow  timely  decisions
regarding  required  disclosure.  In  designing  and  evaluating  the  disclosure  controls  and  procedures,  management  recognized  that  any
controls and procedures, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable assurance of achieving the desired control
objectives,  as  ours  are  designed  to  do,  and  management  was  necessarily  required  to  apply  its  judgment  in  evaluating  the  cost-benefit
relationship of possible controls and procedures.

As of December 31, 2016, we carried out an evaluation, under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including
our principal executive officer and principal financial officer, of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and
procedures,  as  defined  in  Rules  13a-15(e)  and  15d-15(e)  under  the  Securities  Exchange Act  of  1934.  Based  upon  that  evaluation,  our
principal  executive  officer  and  principal  financial  officer  concluded  that  our  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  were  not  effective  as  of
December 31, 2016 due to limited resources for adequate personnel to prepare and file reports under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934
within the required periods, and material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting relating to our accounting for complex
equity  transactions  as  described  below  under  the  heading  “Report  of  Management  on  Internal  Control  over  Financial  Reporting”.
Management plans to remediate this weakness by taking the actions described below.

Report of Management on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

We are responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. Internal control over financial
reporting is defined in Rule 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under  the  Exchange Act,  as  a  process  designed  by,  or  under  the  supervision  of  our
principal  executive  and  principal  financial  officers  and  effected  by  our  board  of  directors,  management  and  other  personnel  to  provide
reasonable  assurance  regarding  the  reliability  of  financial  reporting  and  the  preparation  of  financial  statements  for  external  purposes  in
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and includes those policies and procedures that:

● pertain to the maintenance of records that in reasonable detail accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and disposition of our assets;

● provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with
generally accepted accounting principles, and that our receipts and expenditures are being made only in accordance with authorization of
our management and directors; and

● provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of our assets that

could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Our  internal  control  system  is  designed  to  provide  reasonable  assurance  to  our  management  and  board  of  directors  regarding  the
preparation and fair presentation of financial statements. Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may
not prevent or detect misstatements. Projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risks that controls
may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

We  have  assessed  the  effectiveness  of  our  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  as  of  December  31,  2016.  In  making  this
assessment, we used the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) in Internal
Control-Integrated Framework (2013).

Based on this assessment, management believes that, as of December 31, 2016, the Company did not maintain effective internal control

over financial reporting because of the effect of material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting discussed below.

Public  Company Accounting  Oversight  Board Auditing  Standard  No.  2  defines  a  material  weakness  as  a  significant  deficiency,  or
combination of significant deficiencies, that results in there being a more than remote likelihood that a material misstatement of the annual
or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. Based upon this definition, our management concluded
that, as of December 31, 2016, a material weakness existed in our internal control over financial reporting related to accounting for complex
equity transactions.

- 81 -

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Specifically, we identified material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting related to the following matters:

● We identified a lack of sufficient segregation of duties. Specifically, this material weakness is such that the design over these areas
relies primarily  on  detective  controls  and  could  be  strengthened  by  adding  preventative  controls  to  properly  safeguard  Company
assets.

● Management  has  identified a lack of sufficient personnel in the accounting function due to our limited resources with appropriate
skills, training and experience to perform the review processes to ensure the complete and proper application of generally accepted
accounting principles, particularly as it relates to valuation of warrants and other complex debt /equity transactions. Specifically, this
material weakness resulted in audit adjustments to the annual consolidated financial statements and revisions to related disclosures,
valuation of warrants and other equity transactions.

● Limited policies and procedures that cover recording and reporting of financial transactions.

● Lack of multiple levels of review over the financial reporting process

Our plan to remediate those material weaknesses is as follows:

● Improve the effectiveness of the accounting group by augmenting our existing resources with additional consultants or employees to
assist  in  the  analysis and  recording  of  complex  accounting  transactions,  and  to  simultaneously  achieve  desired  organizational
structuring  for  improved segregation of duties. We plan to mitigate this identified deficiency by hiring an independent consultant
once we generate significantly more revenue or raise significant additional working capital.

● Improve expert review and achieve desired segregation procedures by strengthening cross approval of various functions including

quarterly internal audit procedures where appropriate.

Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

There have been no changes in our internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the fourth quarter of 2015 that have

materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION.

None.

- 82 -

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PART III

ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

Directors

The following table sets forth information about the individuals who serve as our directors as of December 31, 2016.

Name

  Age

Position

Board Committees

Richard T. Schumacher

66

  President, Chief Executive Officer,

Treasurer, Clerk and Director

Jeffrey N. Peterson

61

  Chairman of the Board

  Audit, Compensation, Nominating

Dr. Mickey Urdea

64

  Director

  Scientific Advisory Board

Vito J. Mangiardi

68

  Director

  Audit, Compensation, Nominating

Kevin A. Pollack

46

  Director

  Audit, Compensation, Nominating

Term of
office
expires:

2017

2018

2018

2019

2019

The  following  noteworthy  experience,  qualifications,  attributes  and  skills  for  each  Board  member,  together  with  the  biographical
information for each nominee described below, led to our conclusion that the person should serve as a director in light of our business and
structure:

Mr.  Richard  T.  Schumacher ,  the  founder  of  the  Company,  has  served  as  a  director  of  the  Company  since  1978.  He  has  served  as  the
Company’s Chief Executive Officer since April 16, 2004 and President since September 14, 2004. He previously served as Chief Executive
Officer and Chairman of the Board of the Company from 1992 to February 2003. From July 9, 2003 until April 14, 2004 he served as a
consultant to the Company pursuant to a consulting agreement. He served as President of the Company from 1978 to August 1999. Mr.
Schumacher  served  as  the  Director  of  Infectious  Disease  Services  for  Clinical  Sciences  Laboratory,  a  New  England-based  medical
reference laboratory, from 1986 to 1988. From 1972 to 1985, Mr. Schumacher was employed by the Center for Blood Research, a nonprofit
medical  research  institute  associated  with  Harvard  Medical  School.  Mr.  Schumacher  received  a  B.S.  in  Zoology  from  the  University  of
New Hampshire.

- 83 -

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
Mr. Jeffrey N. Peterson  has served as a director of the Company since July 2011 and as Chairman of the Board starting in 2012. Since
1999,  he  has  served  as  the  chief  executive  officer  of  Target  Discovery,  Inc.  (“TDI”),  a  personalized  medicine  diagnostics  (PMDx)
company. Mr. Peterson also serves as Chairman of TDI’s majority-owned subsidiary, Veritomyx, Inc., which is completing development
and commercialization of software tools for accurate peptide, protein and isoform identification and characterization. Prior to incorporating
and  joining  TDI,  Mr.  Peterson  served  as  CEO  of  Sharpe,  Peterson,  Ocheltree  &  Associates,  an  international  business  development
consulting  firm  assisting  Fortune  500  and  many  smaller  firms  in  business  expansion  and  strategy.  Prior  to  that,  he  spent  9  years  in  key
management roles in Abbott Laboratories’ Diagnostics and International (Pharmaceuticals, Hospital Products, Nutritionals, and Consumer)
businesses,  last  serving  as  CEO  and  General  Manager  of Abbott  South Africa.  Mr.  Peterson’s  experience  prior  to Abbott  Laboratories
included  11  years  with  General  Electric’s  Engineered  Materials  and  Plastics  businesses,  spanning  roles  in  strategic  planning,  business
development,  technology  licensing,  marketing  and  sales,  operations,  quality  control  and  R&D.  Mr.  Peterson  holds  BSChE  and  MSChE
(Chemical Engineering) degrees from MIT, as well as 6 issued US and many related international patents, and has authored articles in peer-
reviewed  scientific  journals.  Mr.  Peterson  is  Chair  Emeritus  of  the  BayBio  Institute,  a  non-profit  organization  serving  the  regional  life
science  community.  He  served  for  12  years  on  the  Board  of  BayBio,  the  trade  association  for  the  life  sciences  industry  in  Northern
California. He was a cofounder of the Coalition for 21st Century Medicine, and of BIO’s Personalized Medicine & Diagnostics Working
Group, and served on the board of Advisors for the Center for Professional Development and Entrepreneurship at the University of Texas
MD Anderson Cancer Center. Mr. Peterson has lived and worked overseas for 18 years, in the Middle East, Europe and Africa, and is Chair
Emeritus of the American International School of Johannesburg.

Mr. Vito J. Mangiardi  has served as a director of the Company since July 2012. Mr. Mangiardi is an accomplished senior executive with
proven experience as a President, CEO and COO in the Life Sciences and Bio Energy product and service sectors. Mr. Mangiardi has held
positions as a Research Chemist for Bio-Rad Laboratories, Inc.; Sales & Marketing Director for Baxter Travenol, Inc.; Executive VP and
COO  for  Quintiles  Transnational  Corp.;  President  and  CEO  of  Diagnostics  Laboratories,  Inc.,  Clingenix,  Inc.,  and  Bilcare,  Inc.;  and
President  of  AAI  Pharma,  Inc.  More  recently  he  was  the  COO/Deputy  Director  of  Operations  and  Production  at  the  University  of
California Lawrence Berkeley National Laboratory Joint Genome Institute. Mr. Mangiardi has experience with three start-ups, two midsize,
and several mature companies, and has international experience leading and managing organizations on four continents. He has experience
in  leading  alliances,  acquisitions,  due  diligence,  and  post-acquisition  assimilation.  Mr.  Mangiardi  has  been  on  the  Board  of  Directors  of
three companies and has proven success in working with both national and international investment groups to raise funds. Mr. Mangiardi
earned  a  BS  in  Biology/Chemistry  from  Eastern  Illinois  University  and  two  MBA  degrees  from  Golden  Gate  University  -  in  General
Management and in Marketing. Mr. Mangiardi is listed as an inventor on four patents and has published articles in various publications in
protein separation techniques in the area of metabolism, thyroid, anemia/hematology and cancer, and is a member of numerous professional
organizations.  In  March  of  2011  Mr.  Mangiardi  became  founding  partner,  President  and  CEO  of  Marin  Bay  Partners,  LLC  (MBP),  a
consulting firm focused on life sciences, pharmaceutical development and clinical diagnostics.

Mr. Kevin A. Pollack has served as a director of the Company since July 2012. Mr. Pollack has been the Chief Financial Officer of Opiant
Pharmaceuticals,  Inc.  (OPNT-OTCQB),  a  specialty  pharmaceutical  company  developing  pharmacological  treatments  for  substance  use,
addictive,  and  eating  disorders  since  November  2012.  He  has  been  an  investment  banker  and  securities  attorney  at  Banc  of America
Securities LLC and Sidley Austin LLP (formerly Brown & Wood LLP), respectively, and has previous asset management experience at
Paragon  Capital  LP  since  October  of  2007.  Mr.  Pollack  is  a  magna  cum  laude  graduate  of  the  Wharton  School  of  the  University  of
Pennsylvania  and  holds  J.D.  and  M.B.A.  degrees  from  Vanderbilt  University,  where  he  graduated  with  Beta  Gamma  Sigma  honors.
Currently, he presently sits on the Boards of Directors of Opiant Pharmaceuticals, Inc. and MagneGas Corporation (MNGA-NASDAQ), an
alternative energy company. Mr. Pollack also is President of Short Hills Capital LLC.

Dr. Michael S. “Mickey” Urdea  has served as a director of the Company since February 8, 2013. Dr. Urdea is a Founder and Partner for
Halteres Associates, a biotechnology consulting firm since June 2011. He also founded and served as Chief Executive Officer of Tethys
Bioscience, a proteomics-based diagnostics company involved in preventative personalized medicine. Additionally, Dr. Urdea is a founder
and  the  Chairman  of  Catalysis  Foundation  for  Health,  an  organization  addressing  gaps  in  global  healthcare  caused  by  inefficiencies  in
disease diagnosis and monitoring. He serves as an expert consultant to the life sciences industry and is on the scientific advisory boards and
boards of directors of a number of biotechnology, diagnostics, venture capital and philanthropic organizations. Prior to his current business
activities,  Dr.  Urdea  founded  the  Nucleic Acid  Diagnostics  group  at  Chiron  Corporation,  and  with  colleagues,  invented  branched  DNA
molecules for amplification of signal in nucleic acid complexes. Application of this technology resulted in the first commercial products for
quantification  of  human  hepatitis  B,  hepatitis  C,  and  human  immunodeficiency  viruses  (HBV,  HCV  and  HIV,  respectively).  He  then
became business head of the Molecular Diagnostics group and Chief Scientific Officer at Bayer Diagnostics. He continues to serve as a
diagnostics industry, product development and scientific advisor to the Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation, acted as co-chair of two of the
Grand Challenges grant review committees, and served as a member of its Diagnostic Forum. Dr. Urdea is an author on nearly 200 peer-
reviewed  scientific  publications,  nearly  300  abstracts  and  international  scientific  presentations,  and  more  than  100  issued  and  pending
patents. He received his BS in Biology and Chemistry from Northern Arizona University in Flagstaff and his Ph.D. in Biochemistry from
Washington State University.

- 84 -

 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Executive Officers

The information under the heading “Executive Officers of the Registrant” in Item 1 of Part I of this Annual Report on Form 10-K is

incorporated herein by this reference.

Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance

Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act requires the Company’s executive officers and directors, and persons who own more than 10% of

the Company’s common stock, to file reports of ownership and changes in ownership on Forms 3, 4 and 5 with the SEC.

Based  solely  on  the  Company’s  review  of  the  copies  of  such  Forms  and  written  representations  from  certain  reporting  persons,  the
Company believes that all filings required to be made by the Company’s Section 16(a) reporting persons during the Company’s fiscal year
ended December 31, 2016 were made on a timely basis with the exception of our officers, directors and greater than 10 percent beneficial
owners listed in the table below:

Name

Number of
Late Reports

  Number and Description of Transactions Not Reported on a Timely Basis

Richard T. Schumacher

Jeffrey N. Peterson

Kevin A. Pollack

Michael S. Urdea

Vito J. Mangiardi

Code of Ethics

1

1

1

1

1

  1 transaction was not reported on a timely basis following the acquisition of convertible

securities in the year ended December 31, 2016.

  1 transaction was not reported on a timely basis following the acquisition of convertible

securities in the year ended December 31, 2016.

  1 transaction was not reported on a timely basis following the acquisition of convertible

securities in the year ended December 31, 2016.

  1 transaction was not reported on a timely basis following the acquisition of convertible
securities in the year ended December 31, 2016.

  1 transaction was not reported on a timely basis following the acquisition of convertible
securities in the year ended December 31, 2016.

Pursuant to Section 406 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, we have adopted a Code of Ethics for senior financial officers that applies
to our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer, controller, and other persons performing similar
functions.  A  copy  of  the  code  of  ethics  is  posted  on,  and  may  be  obtained  free  of  charge  from  our  Internet  website  at
http://www.pressurebiosciences.com.  If  we  make  any  amendments  to  this  Code  of  Ethics  or  grant  any  waiver,  including  any  implicit
waiver, from a provision of this Code of Ethics to our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer,
controller, or other persons performing similar functions, we will disclose the nature of such amendment or waiver, the name of the person
to whom the waiver was granted and the date of waiver in a Current Report on Form 8-K.

Corporate Governance

Term of Office

Our  directors  are  appointed  for  a  three-year  term  to  hold  office  until  the  annual  general  meeting  of  our  shareholders  or  until
removed from office in accordance with our bylaws. Our officers are appointed by our board of directors and hold office until removed by
the board.

Audit Committee

The Audit Committee was established in accordance with Section 3(a)(58)(A) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Messrs. Pollack

(chairman), Mangiardi and Peterson are currently the members of the Audit Committee.

The Board of Directors has determined that Mr. Pollack qualifies as an “audit committee financial expert” as defined in Item 407(d)(5)

of Regulation S-K and is “independent” as defined by SEC and OTC Market rules.

The Audit  Committee  operates  pursuant  to  a  written  charter  (the  “Audit  Committee  Charter”),  a  current  copy  of  which  is  publicly
available on the investor relations portion of the Company’s website at www.pressurebiosciences.com. Under the provisions of the Audit
Committee  Charter,  the  primary  functions  of  the  Audit  Committee  are  to  assist  the  Board  of  Directors  with  the  oversight  of  (i)  the
Company’s financial reporting process, accounting functions, and internal controls, and (ii) the qualifications, independence, appointment,
retention, compensation, and performance of the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm. The Audit Committee is also
responsible for the establishment of “whistle-blowing” procedures, and the oversight of other compliance matters.

Compensation Committee

The  Board  of  Directors  has  a  Compensation  Committee,  consisting  of  Messrs.  Peterson,  Pollack  and  Mangiardi.  The  Compensation
Committee’s duties include (i) reviewing and approving our executive compensation, (ii) reviewing the recommendations of the president
and chief executive officer regarding the compensation of our executive officers, (iii) evaluating the performance of the president and chief

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
executive  officer,  (iv)  overseeing  the  administration  and  approval  of  grants  of  stock  options  and  other  equity  awards  under  our  equity
incentive plans, and (v) recommending compensation for our board of directors and each committee thereof for review and approval by the
board of directors. The Compensation Committee operates pursuant to a written charter, a current copy of which is publicly available on the
investor relations portion of our website at www.pressurebiosciences.com.

- 85 -

 
 
 
Involvement in Certain Legal Proceedings

To the best of our knowledge, none of our directors or executive officers has, during the past ten years:

● been convicted  in  a  criminal  proceeding  or  been  subject  to  a  pending  criminal  proceeding  (excluding  traffic  violations  and  other

minor offenses);

● had any bankruptcy petition filed by or against the business or property of the person, or of any partnership, corporation or business
association of which he was a general partner or executive officer, either at the time of the bankruptcy filing or within  two  years
prior to that time;

● been subject  to  any  order,  judgment,  or  decree,  not  subsequently  reversed,  suspended  or  vacated,  of  any  court  of  competent
jurisdiction or  federal  or  state  authority,  permanently  or  temporarily  enjoining,  barring,  suspending  or  otherwise  limiting,  his
involvement in any type of business, securities, futures, commodities, investment, banking, savings and loan, or insurance activities,
or to be associated with persons engaged in any such activity;

● been found by a court of competent jurisdiction in a civil action or by the Securities and Exchange Commission or the Commodity
Futures  Trading  Commission  to  have  violated  a  federal  or  state  securities  or  commodities  law,  and  the  judgment  has  not  been
reversed, suspended, or vacated;

● been the subject of, or a party to, any federal or state judicial or administrative order, judgment, decree, or finding, not subsequently
reversed, suspended or vacated (not including any settlement of a civil proceeding among private litigants), relating to an alleged
violation of any federal or state securities or commodities law or regulation, any law or regulation respecting financial institutions or
insurance companies including, but not limited to, a temporary or permanent injunction, order of disgorgement or restitution, civil
money  penalty  or  temporary  or  permanent  cease-and-desist  order,  or  removal  or  prohibition  order,  or any  law  or  regulation
prohibiting mail or wire fraud or fraud in connection with any business entity; or

● been the  subject  of,  or  a  party  to,  any  sanction  or  order,  not  subsequently  reversed,  suspended  or  vacated,  of  any  self-regulatory
organization  (as  defined  in  Section  3(a)(26)  of  the  Exchange Act),  any  registered  entity  (as  defined  in  Section  1(a)(29)  of  the
Commodity Exchange Act), or any equivalent exchange, association, entity or organization that has disciplinary authority  over its
members or persons associated with a member.

Except  as  set  forth  in  our  discussion  below  in  “Certain  Relationships  and  Related  Transactions,”  none  of  our  directors  or  executive
officers has been involved in any transactions with us or any of our directors, executive officers, affiliates or associates which are required
to be disclosed pursuant to the rules and regulations of the Commission.

- 86 -

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

Executive Officer Compensation

Summary Compensation Table

The Summary Compensation Table below sets forth the total compensation paid or earned for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2016
and 2015 for: (i) each individual serving as our chief executive officer (“CEO”) or acting in a  similar  capacity  during  any  part  of  fiscal
2015;  and  (ii)  the  other  two  most  highly  paid  executive  officers  (collectively,  the  “Named  Executive  Officers”)  who  were  serving  as
executive officers at the end of fiscal 2016.

Name and Principal Position  

Fiscal
Year     Salary(1)     Bonus    

Stock
Awards    

Option
Awards(2)   

Non-Qualified
Deferred
Compensation
Earning

All other
Compensation(3)   

Total

Richard T. Schumacher
President, CEO

  2016     $308,963    $
  2015    

  294,250   

-    $
-   

-    $
-   

  343,000   

-    $

Edmund Ting, Ph.D
Senior Vice President of
Engineering

  2016    
  2015    

  207,100   
  197,600   

Alexander Lazarev, Ph.D
Vice President of
Research and Development

  2016    
  2015    

  173,561   
  165,600   

-   
-   

-   
-   

-   
-   

-   
  35,672   

-   
-   

-   
  31,556   

-    $
-   

40,832    $349,795 
  653,348 
16,098   

-   
-   

-   
-   

1,261   
1,216   

  208,361 
  234,488 

7,736   
7,656   

  181,297 
  204,812 

(1) Salary refers to base salary compensation paid through our normal payroll process. No bonus was paid to any named executive officer
for 2016 or 2015.

(2) Amounts shown do not reflect compensation received by the Named Executive Officers. Instead, the amounts shown are the aggregate
grant  date  fair  value  as  determined  pursuant  to  FASB  ASC  718,  Compensation-Stock  Compensation.  Please  refer  to  Note  2,  xiii,
“Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation” in the accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for the fiscal year ended
December 31, 2016, for the relevant assumptions used to determine the valuation of stock option grants.

(3) “All Other Compensation” includes our Company match to the executives’ 401(k) contribution and premiums paid on life insurance for
the executives. Both of these benefits are available to all of our employees. In the case of Mr. Schumacher, “All Other Compensation” also
includes  $8,474  in  premiums  we  paid  for  a  life  insurance  policy  to  which  Mr.  Schumacher’s  wife  is  the  beneficiary.  In  2016,  Mr.
Schumacher received $29,708 for unused earned time off. “All Other Compensation” for Dr. Lazarev includes $6,000 paid to Dr. Lazarev
in lieu of his participation in the medical benefit plan offered by the Company.

- 87 -

 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
    
 
    
 
 
   
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
   
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year End

The  following  table  sets  forth  certain  information  regarding  outstanding  stock  options  awards  for  each  of  the  Named  Executive

Officers as of December 31, 2016.

Name

Richard T. Schumacher
President, CEO

Edmund Y. Ting, Ph.D
Senior Vice President of Engineering

Alexander V. Lazarev, Ph.D
 Vice President of Research & Development

Option Awards

Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options
Exercisable

Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options 
Unexercisable (1)  

Option Exercise
Price ($)

Option
Expiration Date  

75,000   
15,000   
30,000   
75,000   
225,003   
416,667   

12,000   
42,000   
15,000   
17,500   
54,000   
150,002   
43,333   

10,000   
35,000   
15,000   
15,000   
45,000   
112,502   
38,333   

  $
- 
  $
- 
  $
- 
  $
- 
74,997(2)  $
833,833(3)  $

  $
- 
  $
- 
  $
- 
  $
- 
- 
  $
49,998(2)  $
86,667(3)  $

  $
- 
  $
- 
  $
- 
  $
- 
- 
  $
37,498(2)  $
76,667(3)  $

0.60 
1.00 
0.60 
0.40 
0.30 
0.40 

1.00 
0.60 
1.00 
0.60 
0.40 
0.30 
0.40 

1.00 
0.60 
1.00 
0.60 
0.40 
0.30 
0.40 

3/12/2019 
9/9/2021 
3/13/2022 
5/14/2023 
9/24/2024 
12/31/2025 

9/25/2018 
3/12/2019 
9/9/2021 
3/13/2022 
5/14/2023 
9/24/2024 
12/31/2025 

9/25/2018 
3/12/2019 
9/9/2021 
3/13/2022 
5/14/2023 
9/24/2024 
12/31/2025 

(1) All unvested stock options listed in this column were granted to the Named Executive Officer pursuant to our 2005 Equity Incentive
Plan,  2013  Equity  Incentive  Plan  and  2015  Nonqualified  Incentive  Plan.  All  options  expire  ten  years  after  the  date  of  grant.
Unvested stock options become fully vested and exercisable upon a change of control of our Company.

(2) Options to  purchase  shares  of  common  stock  were  granted  on  September  24,  2014  to  each  of  the  Named  Executive  Officers,  of
which  1/6th of  the  stock  options  will  vest  six  months  from  the  date  of  grant  while  the  remainder  will  vest  monthly  over  the
remaining three year vesting period.

(3) Options to  purchase  shares  of  common  stock  were  granted  on  December  31,  2015  to  each  of the  Named  Executive  Officers,  of

which the stock options will vest monthly from the date of grant over the three year vesting period.

Retirement Plan

All  employees,  including  the  named  executive  officers,  may  participate  in  our  401(k)  Plan.  Under  the  401(k)  Plan,  employees  may
elect to make before tax contributions of up to 60% of their base salary, subject to current Internal Revenue Service limits. The 401(k) Plan
does  not  permit  an  investment  in  our  common  stock.  We  match  employee  contributions  up  to  50%  of  the  first  2%  of  the  employee’s
earnings. Our contribution is 100% vested immediately.

- 88 -

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
  
   
  
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
  
   
  
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Severance Arrangements

Each  of  Mr.  Schumacher,  Dr.  Ting,  Dr.  Lazarev,  and  Dr.  Lawrence,  executive  officers  of  the  Company,  are  entitled  to  receive  a

severance payment if terminated by us without cause. The severance benefits would include a payment in an amount equal to one year of
such executive officer’s annualized base salary compensation plus accrued paid time off. Additionally, the officer will be entitled to receive
medical and dental insurance coverage for one year following the date of termination.

Change-in-Control Arrangements

Pursuant  to  severance  agreements  with  each  of  Mr.  Schumacher,  Dr.  Ting,  Dr.  Lazarev  and  Dr.  Lawrence,  each  such  executive
officers, is entitled to receive a change of control payment in an amount equal to one year (other than Mr. Schumacher) of such executive
officer’s annualized base salary compensation, accrued paid time off, and medical and dental coverage, in the event of a change of control
of our Company. In the case of Mr. Schumacher, his payment is equal to two years of annualized base salary compensation, accrued paid
time off, and two years of medical and dental coverage.

Pursuant to our equity incentive plans, any unvested stock options held by a named executive officer will become fully vested upon a

change in control (as defined in the 2005 Equity Incentive Plan) of our Company.

Director Compensation and Benefits

The following table sets forth certain information regarding compensation earned or paid to our directors during fiscal 2016.

Name

Vito J. Mangiardi
Jeffrey N. Peterson
Kevin A. Pollack
Michael S. Urdea, Ph. D.

Fees Earned or Paid
in Cash (1)

40,000 
60,000 
40,000 
50,000 

Stock Awards (1)

  Option Awards (2)(3)

Total

-   
-   
-   
-   

-   
-   
-   
-   

40,000 
60,000 
40,000 
50,000 

Our non-employee directors receive the following compensation for service as a director:

(1) Each director currently earns a quarterly stipend of $10,000 for attending meetings of the full board of directors (whether telephonic or
in-person)  and  attending  committee  meetings  in  2016.  Mr.  Peterson  currently  earns  $15,000  per  quarter  as  chairman  of  the  board  of
directors  and  Dr.  Urdea  receives  $15,000  annually  for  serving  on  the  scientific  advisory  committee.  There  is  no  limit  to  the  number  of
board of directors or committee meetings that may be called.

(2) Amounts  shown  do  not  reflect  compensation  received  by  the  directors.  Instead,  the  amounts  shown  are  the  aggregate  grant  date  fair
value as determined pursuant to FASB ASC 718, Compensation-Stock Compensation. Please refer to Note 2, xiii, “Accounting for Stock-
Based Compensation” in the accompanying Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2016,
for the relevant assumptions used to determine the valuation of stock option grants.

(3) The following table shows the total number of  outstanding  stock  options  as  of  December  31,  2016  that  have  been  issued  as  director
compensation.

Vito J. Mangiardi
Jeffrey N. Peterson
Kevin A. Pollack
Michael S. Urdea, Ph. D.

Name

- 89 -

Aggregate
Number of 
Stock Options
Outstanding

258,000 
452,250 
258,000 
220,500 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Report from Compensation Committee

General

Messrs. Peterson, Pollack and Mangiardi are currently the members of the Compensation Committee. The Compensation Committee
operates  pursuant  to  a  written  charter,  a  current  copy  of  which  is  publicly  available  on  the  investor  relations  portion  of  our  website  at
www.pressurebiosciences.com. The primary functions of the Compensation Committee include (i) reviewing and approving our executive
compensation, (ii) reviewing the recommendations of the president and chief executive officer regarding the compensation of our executive
officers,  (iii)  evaluating  the  performance  of  the  president  and  chief  executive  officer,  (iv)  overseeing  the  administration  and  approval  of
grants  of  stock  options  and  other  equity  awards  under  our  equity  incentive  plans,  and  (v)  recommending  compensation  for  our  board  of
directors and each committee thereof for review and approval by the board of directors.

The Compensation Committee may form and delegate authority to one or more subcommittees as it deems appropriate from time to
time under the circumstances (including (a) a subcommittee consisting of a single member and (b) a subcommittee consisting of at least two
members, each of whom qualifies as a “non-employee director,” as such term is defined from time to time in Rule 16b-3 promulgated under
the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and an “outside director,” as such term is defined from time to time in Section 162(m) of the Internal
Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the rules and regulations there under).

Compensation Objectives

In light of the relatively early stage of commercialization of our products, we recognize the importance of attracting and retaining key
employees  with  sufficient  experience,  skills,  and  qualifications  in  areas  vital  to  our  success,  such  as  operations,  finance,  sales  and
marketing,  research  and  development,  engineering,  and  individuals  who  are  committed  to  our  short-  and  long-term  goals.  The
Compensation  Committee  has  designed  our  executive  compensation  programs  with  the  intent  of  attracting,  motivating,  and  retaining
experienced  executives  and,  subject  to  our  limited  financial  resources,  rewarding  them  for  their  contributions  by  offering  them  a
competitive base salary, potential for annual cash incentive bonuses, and long-term equity-based incentives, typically in the form of stock
options.  The  Compensation  Committee  strives  to  balance  the  need  to  retain  key  employees  with  financial  prudence  given  our  history  of
operating losses, limited financial resources and the early stage of our commercialization.

Executive Officers and Director Compensation Process

The  Compensation  Committee  considers  and  determines  executive  compensation  according  to  an  annual  objective  setting  and
measurement cycle. Specifically, corporate goals for the year are initially developed by our executive officers and are then presented to our
board  of  directors  and  Compensation  Committee  for  review  and  approval.  Individual  goals  are  intended  to  focus  on  contributions  that
facilitate the achievement of the corporate goals. Individual goals are first proposed by each executive officer, other than the president and
CEO, then discussed by the entire senior executive management team and ultimately compiled and prepared for submission to our board of
directors and the Compensation Committee, by the president and chief executive officer. The Compensation Committee sets and approves
the  goals  for  the  president  and  chief  executive  officer.  Generally,  corporate  and  individual  goals  are  set  during  the  first  quarter  of  each
calendar  year.  The  objective  setting  process  is  coordinated  with  our  annual  financial  planning  and  budgeting  process  so  our  board  of
directors and Compensation Committee can consider overall corporate and individual objectives in the context of budget constraints and
cost  control  considerations.  Annual  salary  increases,  bonuses,  and  equity  awards,  such  as  stock  option  grants,  if  any,  are  tied  to  the
achievement of these corporate and individual performance goals as well as our financial position and prospects.

Under the annual performance review program, the Compensation Committee evaluates individual performance against the goals for
the  recently  completed  year.  The  Compensation  Committee’s  evaluation  generally  occurs  in  the  first  quarter  of  the  following  year.  The
evaluation of each executive (other than the president and chief executive officer) begins with a written self-assessment submitted by the
executive to the president and chief executive officer. The president and chief executive officer then prepares a written evaluation based on
the  executive’s  self-assessment,  the  president  and  chief  executive  officer’s  evaluation,  and  input  from  others  within  the  Company.  This
process leads to a recommendation by the president and chief executive officer for a salary increase, bonus, and equity award, if any, which
is then considered by the Compensation Committee. In the case of the president and chief executive officer, the Compensation Committee
conducts  his  performance  evaluation  and  determines  his  compensation,  including  salary  increase,  bonus,  and  equity  awards,  if  any.  We
generally expect, but are not required, to implement salary increases, bonuses, and equity awards, for all executive officers, if and to the
extent granted, by April 1 of each year.

Non-employee director compensation is set by our board of directors upon the recommendation of the Compensation Committee. In
developing its recommendations, the Compensation Committee is guided by the following goals: compensation should be fair relative to
the  required  services  for  directors  of  comparable  companies  in  our  industry  and  at  our  Company’s  stage  of  development;  compensation
should align directors’ interests with the long-term interest of stockholders; the structure of the compensation should be simple, transparent,
and easy for stockholders to understand; and compensation should be consistent with the financial resources, prospects, and competitive
outlook for the Company.

- 90 -

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
In  evaluating  executive  officer  and  director  compensation,  the  Compensation  Committee  considers  the  practices  of  companies  of
similar  size,  geographic  location,  and  market  focus.  In  order  to  develop  reasonable  benchmark  data  the  Compensation  Committee  has
referred  to  publicly  available  sources  such  as  www.salary.com  and  the  BioWorld  Survey.  While  the  Compensation  Committee  does  not
believe benchmarking is appropriate as a stand-alone tool for setting compensation due to the unique aspects of our business objectives and
current  stage  of  development,  the  Compensation  Committee  generally  believes  that  gathering  this  compensation  information  is  an
important part of its compensation-related decision making process.

The Compensation Committee has the authority to hire and fire advisors and compensation consultants as needed and approve their
fees.  No  advisors  or  compensation  consultants  were  hired  or  fired  in  fiscal  2016.  The  Compensation  Committee  is  also  authorized  to
delegate any of its responsibilities to sub committees or individuals as it deems appropriate. The Compensation Committee did not delegate
any of its responsibilities in fiscal 2016.

ITEM  12.  SECURITY  OWNERSHIP  OF  CERTAIN  BENEFICIAL  OWNERS  AND  MANAGEMENT  AND  RELATED
STOCKHOLDER MATTERS.

Beneficial Ownership Information

The following table sets forth certain information as of March 17, 2017 concerning the beneficial ownership of common stock for: (i)
each  director  and  director  nominee,  (ii)  each  Named  Executive  Officer  in  the  Summary  Compensation  Table  under  “Executive
Compensation” above, (iii) all executive officers and directors as a group, and (iv) each person (including any “group” as that term is used
in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act) known by us to be the beneficial owner of 5% or more of our common stock. The address for each
of the persons below who are beneficial owners of 5% or more of our common stock is our corporate address at 14 Norfolk Avenue, South
Easton, MA 02375.

Beneficial ownership has been determined in accordance with the rules of the SEC and is calculated based on 31,639,839 shares of our
common stock issued and outstanding as of March 17, 2017. Shares of common stock subject to options, warrants, preferred stock or other
securities  convertible  into  common  stock  that  are  currently  exercisable  or  convertible,  or  exercisable  or  convertible  within  60  days  of
March  17,  2017,  are  deemed  outstanding  for  computing  the  percentage  of  the  person  holding  the  option,  warrant,  preferred  stock,  or
convertible security but are not deemed outstanding for computing the percentage of any other person.

Except as indicated by the footnotes below, we believe, based on the information furnished to us, that the persons and entities named in

the table below have sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares of common stock that they beneficially own.

Name of Beneficial Owner

Amount and Nature
of Beneficially
Ownership (1)

Percent of Class

Richard T. Schumacher (2)
Jeffrey N. Peterson (3)
Kevin A. Pollack (4)
Michael S. Urdea (5)
Vito J. Mangiardi (6)
Edmund Y. Ting, Ph.D. (7)
Alexander V. Lazarev, Ph.D. (8)
All other officers

All Executive Officers and Directors as a Group (9)

- 91 -

2,436,667   
1,160,830   
1,049,992   
852,351   
670,532   
394,956   
312,586   
318,553   

7,196,467   

7.34%
3.58%
3.26%
2.65%
2.10%
1.23%
0.98%
1.00%

19.81%

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
1) The terms  of  our  Series  D  Convertible  Preferred  Stock  and  Series  D  warrants;  Series  G  Convertible  Preferred  Stock;  Series  H
Convertible Preferred  Stock;  Series  J  Convertible  Preferred  Stock;  Series  K  Convertible  Preferred  Stock,  and  various  Common
Stock warrants issued in connection with our fundraising efforts contain a limitation on conversion which prevents the holder from
converting shares  of  Series  D,  Series  G,  Series  H,  Series  J,  and  Series  K  Convertible  Preferred  Stock  into,  or  exercise  of  the
warrants and various Common Stock warrants for, shares of Common Stock if, after giving effect to the conversion or exercise, as
the case may be, the holder would beneficially own more than 4.99% of the outstanding shares of Common Stock. The holder may
elect to increase this limitation to 9.99%, 14.99% or 19.99%, upon not less than 61 days prior written notice to us.

2)

3)

4)

5)

6)

Includes (i) 1,008,891 shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of options; (ii) 63,000 shares of Common Stock issuable
upon conversion of Series G Convertible Preferred Stock; (iii) 65,800 shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of Series
J  Convertible  Preferred Stock;  (iv)  78,571  shares  of  Common  Stock  issuable  upon  conversion  of  Convertible  Debentures; (v)
327,403  shares  of  Common  Stock  issuable  upon  the  exercise  of  warrants;  and  (vi)  893,001 shares  of  Common  Stock.  Does  not
include  20,162  shares  of  Common  Stock  held  by  Mr.  Schumacher’s  minor  son  as  his  wife  exercises  all  voting  and  investment
control over such shares.

Includes (i) 452,250 shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of options; (ii) 165,000 shares of Common Stock issuable
upon  conversion  of  Convertible  Debentures;  (iii)  151,000  shares of  Common  Stock  issuable  upon  the  exercise  of  warrants;  and
(iv) 392,580 shares of Common Stock.

Includes (i)  258,000  shares  of  Common  Stock  issuable  upon  exercise  of  options;  (ii)  183,335  shares  of  Common  Stock  issuable
upon conversion of Convertible Debentures; (iii) 143,334 shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants; and (iv)
465,323 shares of Common Stock.

Includes (i)  220,500  shares  of  Common  Stock  issuable  upon  exercise  of  options;  (ii)  180,714  shares  of  Common  Stock  issuable
upon conversion of Convertible Debentures; (iii) 92,143 shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants; and (iv)
358,994 shares of Common Stock.

Includes (i) 258,000 shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of options; (ii) 39,286 shares of Common Stock issuable upon
conversion of  Convertible  Debentures;  (iii)  27,857  shares  of  Common  Stock  issuable  upon  the  exercise  of  warrants;  and  (iv)
345,389 shares of Common Stock.

7)

Includes (i) 370,501 shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of options; and (ii) 24,455 shares of Common Stock.

8)

Includes (i) 300,279 shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of options; and (ii) 12,307 shares of Common Stock.

9)

Includes (i) 3,164,256 shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of options; (ii) 741,737 shares of Common Stock issuable
upon the exercise of warrants; and (iii) 2,514,767 shares of Common Stock.

Equity Compensation Plan Information

We maintain a number of equity compensation plans for employees, officers, directors and other entities and individuals whose efforts
contribute to our success. The table below sets forth certain information as of our fiscal year ended December 31, 2016 regarding the shares
of our common stock available for grant or granted under our equity compensation plans.

Number of
securities to be 
issued upon
exercise of
outstanding
options

Weighted-
average
exercise price
of 
outstanding
options

Number of
securities
remaining
available for future
issuance
under equity
compensation
plans

Plan Category

Equity compensation plans approved by security holders (1)
Equity compensation plans adopted by the Board of Directors (2)  

3,201,250    $
2,068,000   

0.43   
0.40   

1,538,750 
2,932,000 

(1) Includes the following plans: 2005 Equity Incentive Plan and 2013 Equity Incentive Plan.

(2) Includes the following plan: 2015 Nonqualified Stock Option Plan.

- 92 -

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS; AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE.

The  following  is  a  summary  of  transactions  since  January  1,  2015  to  which  we  have  been  or  will  be  a  party  in  which  the  amount
involved exceeded or will exceed $17,000 (one percent of the average of our total assets at year-end for our last two completed fiscal years)
and  in  which  any  of  our  directors,  executive  officers  or  beneficial  holders  of  more  than  5%  of  any  class  of  our  capital  stock,  or  any
immediate family member of, or person sharing a household with, any of these individuals, had or will have a direct or indirect material
interest, other than compensation arrangements that are described under the section captioned “Executive compensation.”

During the year ended December 31, 2015, we received advances from certain officers of ours amounting to $6,300 and we repaid the

loans. These advances were non-interest bearing and were payable on demand.

During the year ended December 31, 2016, we received advances from certain officers of ours amounting to $20,000 and we repaid the

loans. These advances were non-interest bearing and were payable on demand.

On March 10, 2016, a relative of Mr. Schumacher invested $50,000 into the Company’s 2015/2016 convertible debenture financing.
The  loan  remains  outstanding.  The  Holder  was  paid  a  10%  original  investment  discount  (“OID”)  for  the  first  year,  and  will  earn  10%
annual interest during the second year. The loan can be converted into common stock at any time by the Holder, at a fixed price of $0.28
per share. The loan is due two years after the loan origination date.

On March 23, 2016, Mr. Pollack invested $46,549 into the Company’s 2015/2016 convertible debenture financing. The loan remains
outstanding. The Holder was paid a 10% original investment discount (“OID”) for the first year, and will earn 10% annual interest during
the second year. The loan can be converted into common stock at any time by the Holder, at a fixed price of $0.28 per share. The loan is
due two years after the loan origination date.

On March 31, 2016, Mr. Peterson invested $42,000 into the Company’s 2015/2016 convertible debenture financing. The loan remains
outstanding. The Holder was paid a 10% original investment discount (“OID”) for the first year, and will earn 10% annual interest during
the second year. The loan can be converted into common stock at any time by the Holder, at a fixed price of $0.28 per share. The loan is
due two years after the loan origination date.

On  March  31,  2016,  Mr.  Mangiardi  invested  $10,000  into  the  Company’s  2015/2016  convertible  debenture  financing.  The  loan
remains outstanding. The Holder was paid a 10% original investment discount (“OID”) for the first year, and will earn 10% annual interest
during the second year. The loan can be converted into common stock at any time by the Holder, at a fixed price of $0.28 per share. The
loan is due two years after the loan origination date.

On  March  31,  2016,  Mr.  Schumacher  invested  $20,000  into  the  Company’s  2015/2016  convertible  debenture  financing.  The  loan
remains outstanding. The loan was paid a 10% original investment discount (“OID”) for the first year, and will earn 10% annual interest
during the second year. The loan can be converted into common stock at any time by the Holder, at a fixed price of $0.28 per share. The
loan is due two years after the loan origination date.

On March 31, 2016, a relative of Mr. Schumacher invested $30,000 into the Company’s 2015/2016 convertible debenture financing.
The loan remains outstanding. The loan was paid a 10% original investment discount (“OID”) for the first year, and will earn 10% annual
interest during the second year. The loan can be converted into common stock at any time by the Holder, at a fixed price of $0.28 per share.
The loan is due two years after the loan origination date.

On  March  31,  2016,  Dr.  Urdea  invested  $46,000  into  the  Company’s  2015/2016  convertible  debenture  financing.  The  loan  remains
outstanding. The loan was paid a 10% original investment discount (“OID”) for the first year, and will earn 10% annual interest during the
second year. The loan can be converted into common stock at any time by the Holder, at a fixed price of $0.28 per share. The loan is due
two years after the loan origination date.

Board Independence

Our  board  of  directors  has  reviewed  the  qualifications  of  each  of  Messrs.  Peterson,  Mangiardi,  Pollack,  and  Dr.  Urdea  constituting
more than a majority of our directors and has affirmatively determined that each individual is “independent” as such term is defined under
the  current  listing  standards  of  the  OTC  Markets.  The  board  of  directors  has  determined  that  none  of  these  directors  has  a  material
relationship with us that would interfere with the exercise of independent judgment. In addition, each member of the Audit Committee is
independent as required under Section 10A(m)(3) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”).

ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES

The  Audit  Committee  appointed  MaloneBailey  LLP,  an  independent  registered  public  accounting  firm,  to  audit  the  Company’s

consolidated financial statements for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2016.

Independent Registered Public Accounting Fees

The following is a summary of the fees billed to the Company by Marcum LLP and MaloneBailey LLP, the Company’s previous and

current independent registered public accounting firm, respectively for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2016 and 2015:

Audit Fees
Audit-Related Fees

Fiscal 2016 Fees

Fiscal 2015 Fees

  $

107,156    $

-   

115,615 

13,012 

 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
Tax and Other Fees

  $

-   

107,156    $

- 
128,627 

Audit Fees. Consists of aggregate fees billed for professional services rendered for the audit of the Company’s consolidated financial
statements and review of the interim consolidated financial statements included in quarterly reports, as well as services that are normally
provided by the independent registered public accounting firm in connection with statutory and regulatory filings or engagements.

Audit-Related Fees. Consists of aggregate fees billed for assurance and related services that are reasonably related to the performance

of the audit or review of the Company’s consolidated financial statements and are not reported under “Audit Fees.”

Audit Committee Policy on Pre-Approval of Services

The Audit Committee’s policy is to pre-approve all audit and permissible non-audit services provided by the independent registered
public accounting firm. These services may include audit services, audit-related services, tax services, and other services. Pre-approval is
generally provided for up to one year. The Audit Committee may also pre-approve particular services on a case-by-case basis.

- 93 -

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PART IV

ITEM 15. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES.

Exhibit  
Number  
3.1  
3.2  

3.3  

3.4  

3.5  

3.6  

3.7  

3.8  

3.9  

3.10  

3.11  

3.12  
3.13  

4.1  

Exhibit Description

  Restated Articles of Organization of the Company.  
Articles of Amendment to Restated Articles of the
Organization of the Company  
Articles of Amendment to Restated Articles of the
Organization of the Company  
Articles of Amendment to Restated Articles of the
Organization of the Company  
Articles of Amendment to Restated Articles of the
Organization of the Company  
Articles of Amendment to Restated Articles of the
Organization of the Company  
Articles of Amendment to Restated Articles of the
Organization of the Company  
Articles of Amendment to Restated Articles of the
Organization of the Company  
Articles of Amendment to Restated Articles of the
Organization of the Company  
Articles of Amendment to Restated Articles of the
Organization of the Company  
Articles of Amendment to Restated Articles of the
Organization of the Company  

  Amended and Restated By-Laws of the Company  

Amendment to Amended and Restated By-Laws of the
Company  
Specimen Certificate for Shares of the Company’s
common stock  

- 94 -

Filed or
Furnished
Herewith

Incorporated by Reference

Form  
S-1  
10-Q  

  Exhibit  
3.1  
3.1  

  Filing Date  
10/08/1996  
11/23/2004

8-K  

8-K  

8-K  

8-K  

8-K  

8-K  

8-K  

8-K  

8-K  

S-1  
10-K  

10-KSB  

3.1  

3.1  

3.1  

3.1  

3.1  

3.1  

3.1  

3.1  

3.1  

3.2  
3.3  

4.1  

02/18/2009

04/12/2011

11/10/2011

01/04/2013

02/13/2013

12/12/2013

02/05/2014

12/31/2014

07/28/2015

10/08/1996  
3/31/2003

04/22/2005

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit  
Number  
4.2  
4.3  
10.1  

10.2  

10.3  

10.4  
10.5  
10.6  
10.7  
10.8  
10.9  
10.10  

10.11  

10.12  
10.13  
10.14  
21.1  
23.1  

31.1  

32.1  

Exhibit Description  

  Form of Debenture
  Form of Warrant

Technology Transfer and Patent Assignment Agreement
dated October 7, 1996, between Bioseq, Inc. and
BioMolecular Assays, Inc.
Amendment to Technology Transfer and Patent
Assignment Agreement dated October 8, 1998 between
Bioseq, Inc. and BioMolecular Assays, Inc.
Nonexclusive License Agreement dated September 30,
1998 between Bioseq, Inc. and BioMolecular Assays,
Inc.

  Subscription Agreement
  Security Agreement
  Promissory Note, dated October 26, 2016
  2005 Equity Incentive Plan.*
  Amendment No. 1 to 2005 Equity Incentive Plan*
  Description of Compensation for Certain Directors*
Severance Agreement between the registrant and
Richard T. Schumacher*
Form of Severance Agreement including list of officers
to whom provided*

  2013 Equity Incentive Plan.*
  2015 Nonqualified Stock Option Plan.*
  Securities Purchase Agreement
  List of Subsidiaries

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting
Firm (Malone Bailey LLP)
Principal Executive Officer and Principal Financial
Officer Certification Pursuant to Item 601(b)(31) of
Regulation S-K, as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of
the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
Principal Executive Officer and Principal Financial
Officer Certification Pursuant to Item 601(b)(32) of
Regulation S-K, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of
the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.**

Incorporated by Reference

Form  
 8-K  
 8-K  
 10-K  

  Exhibit  

4.1  
4.2  
10.11  

  Filing Date  
07/28/2015    
07/28/2015    
03/27/2008  

 10-K  

10.12  

03/27/2008  

 10-K  

10.13  

03/27/2008  

 8-K  
 8-K  
 8-K  
 S-8  
 8-K  
 10-K  
 10-K  

10.1  
10.2  
10.1  
99.1  
10.1  
10.5  
10.6  

07/28/2015    
07/28/2015    
11/03/2016    
09/26/2005    
09/29/2008    
03/27/2008    
03/27/2008  

 10-K  

10.7  

03/27/2008  

 S-8  

4.1  

04/24/2015    

 10-Q  

10.1  

11/14/2016    

Filed or
Furnished
Herewith

X

X
X

X

X

*Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.

**In accordance with SEC Release 33-8238, Exhibit 32.1 is furnished and not filed.

- 95 -

 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be
signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

Date: March 22, 2017

Pressure BioSciences, Inc.

SIGNATURES

By: /s/ Richard T. Schumacher
Richard T. Schumacher
President and Chief Executive Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on

behalf of the registrant and in the capacity and on the dates indicated.

Name

Capacity

Date

/s/ Richard T. Schumacher
Richard T. Schumacher

President, Chief Executive Officer, Treasurer, Clerk and Director
(Principal Executive Officer and Principal Financial Officer)

  March 22, 2017

/s/ Jeffrey N. Peterson
Jeffrey N. Peterson

/s/ Mickey Urdea
Michael S.Urdea, Ph.D.

/s/ Vito Mangiardi
Vito J. Mangiardi

/s/ Kevin Pollack
Kevin A. Pollack

Chairman of the Board of Directors

  March 22, 2017

Director

Director

Director

- 96 -

  March 22, 2017

  March 22, 2017

  March 22, 2017

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
PRESSURE BIOSCIENCES, INC.
2015 Nonqualified Stock Option Plan

1 .       Purpose and Eligibility.  The  purpose  of  this  2015  Nonqualified  Stock  Option  Plan  (the  “Plan”)  of  Pressure  BioSciences,  Inc.,  a
Massachusetts corporation (the “Company”) is to provide nonqualified stock options in the Company (each, an “Award”) to (a) employees,
officers, directors, consultants and advisors of the Company and its Parents and Subsidiaries, and (b) any other Person who is determined
by the Board to have made (or is expected to make) contributions to the Company. Any person to whom an Award has been granted under
the Plan is called a “Participant.” Additional definitions are contained in Section 10.

2.       Administration.

a

.       Administration  by  Board  of  Directors.  The  Plan  will  be  administered  by  the  Board  of  Directors  of  the  Company  (the
“Board”). The Board, in its sole discretion, shall have the authority to grant and amend Awards, to adopt, amend and repeal rules relating to
the  Plan  and  to  interpret  and  correct  the  provisions  of  the  Plan  and  any Award.  The  Board  shall  have  authority,  subject  to  the  express
limitations  of  the  Plan,  (i)  to  construe  and  determine  the  respective  Nonqualified  Stock  Option Agreement, Awards  and  the  Plan,  (ii)  to
prescribe, amend and rescind rules and regulations relating to the Plan and any Awards, (iii) to determine the terms and provisions of the
respective Stock Option Agreements and Awards, which need not be identical, (iv) to initiate an Option Exchange Program, and (v) to make
all other determinations in the judgment of the Board of Directors necessary or desirable for the administration and interpretation of the
Plan.  The  Board  may  correct  any  defect  or  supply  any  omission  or  reconcile  any  inconsistency  in  the  Plan  or  in  any  Stock  Option
Agreement or Award in the manner and to the extent it shall deem expedient to carry the Plan, any Stock Option Agreement or Award into
effect and it shall be the sole and final judge of such expediency. All decisions by the Board shall be final and binding on all interested
persons. Neither the Company nor any member of the Board shall be liable for any action or determination relating to the Plan.

b .       Appointment of Committee. To the extent permitted by applicable law, the Board may delegate any  or  all  of  its  powers
under the Plan to one or more committees or subcommittees of the Board (a “Committee”). All references in the Plan to the “Board” shall
mean such Committee or the Board.

c

.       Delegation  to  Executive  Officers.  To  the  extent  permitted  by  applicable  law,  the  Board  may  delegate  to  one  or  more
executive officers of the Company the power to grant Awards and exercise such other powers under the Plan as the Board may determine,
provided that the Board shall fix the maximum number of Awards to be granted and the maximum number of shares issuable to any one
Participant pursuant to Awards granted by such executive officers.

d .       Applicability of Section Rule 16b-3. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the foregoing if, or at such time as, the
Common  Stock  is  or  becomes  registered  under  Section  12  of  the  Exchange  Act  of  1934,  as  amended  (the  “Exchange  Act”),  or  any
successor statute, the Plan shall be administered in a manner consistent with Rule 16b-3 promulgated thereunder, as it may be amended
from time to time, or any successor rules (“Rule 16b-3”), such that all subsequent grants of Awards hereunder shall be exempt under such
rule. Those provisions of the Plan which make express reference to Rule 16b-3 or which are required in order for certain option transactions
to  qualify  for  exemption  under  Rule  16b-3  shall  apply  only  to  such  persons  as  are  required  to  file  reports  under  Section  16  (a)  of  the
Exchange Act (a “Reporting Person”).

e .       Applicability of Section 162 (m). Those provisions of the Plan which are required by or make express reference to Section
162  (m)  of  the  Internal  Revenue  Code  or  any  regulations  thereunder,  or  any  successor  section  of  the  Code  or  regulations  thereunder
(“Section 162 (m)”) shall apply only upon the Company’s becoming a company that is subject to Section 162 (m). Notwithstanding any
provisions in this Plan to the contrary, whenever the Board is authorized to exercise its discretion in the administration or amendment of this
Plan  or  any Award  hereunder  or  otherwise,  the  Board  may  not  exercise  such  discretion  in  a  manner  that  would  cause  any  outstanding
Award that would otherwise qualify as performance-based compensation under Section 162 (m) to fail to so qualify under Section 162 (m).

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
3       Stock Available for Awards.

a

.       Number  of  Shares.  Subject  to  adjustment  under  Section  3I,  the  aggregate  number  of  shares  of  Common  Stock  of  the
Company (the “Common Stock”) that may be issued pursuant to the Plan is 5,000,000. If any Award expires, or is terminated, surrendered
or forfeited, in whole or in part, the unissued Common Stock covered by such Award shall again be available for the grant of Awards under
the Plan. If an Award granted under the Plan shall expire or terminate for any reason without having been exercised in full, the unpurchased
shares  subject  to  such Award  shall  again  be  available  for  subsequent Awards  under  the  Plan,  and  if  shares  of  Common  Stock  issued
pursuant  to  the  Plan  are  repurchased  by,  or  are  surrendered  or  forfeited  to,  the  Company  at  no  more  than  cost,  such  shares  of  Common
Stock  shall  again  be  available  for  the  grant  of Awards  under  the  Plan.  Shares  issued  under  the  Plan  may  consist  in  whole  or  in  part  of
authorized but unissued shares or treasury shares.

b .       Per-Participant Limit. The number of shares underlying the Award to any Participant will be determined by the Company’s

Board of Directors at the time of the Award grant.

c .       Adjustment  to  Common  Stock.  Subject  to  Section  7,  in  the  event  of  any  stock  split,  reverse  stock  split  stock  dividend,
extraordinary cash dividend, recapitalization, reorganization, merger, consolidation, combination, exchange of shares, liquidation, spin-off,
split-up, or other similar change in capitalization or similar event, (i) the number and class of securities available for Awards under the Plan
and  the  per-Participant  share  limit,  (ii)  the  number  and  class  of  securities,  vesting  schedule  and  exercise  price  per  share  subject  to  each
outstanding Option, (iii) the repurchase price per security subject to repurchase, and (iv) the terms of each other outstanding stock-based
Award shall be adjusted by the Company (or substituted Awards may be made if applicable) to the extent the Board shall determine, in
good faith, that such an adjustment (or substitution) is appropriate.

4.       Stock Options.

a .       General.  The  Board  may  grant  nonqualified  options  to  purchase  Common  Stock  (each,  an  “Option”)  and  determine  the
number of shares of Common Stock to be covered by each Option, the exercise price of each Option and the conditions and limitations
applicable to the exercise of each Option and the Common Stock issued upon the exercise of each Option, including vesting provisions,
repurchase  provisions  and  restrictions  relating  to  applicable  federal  or  state  securities  laws.  Each  Option  will  be  evidenced  by  a
Nonqualified  Stock  Option Agreement,  consisting  of  a  Notice  of  Nonqualified  Stock  Option Award  and  a  Nonqualified  Stock  Option
Award Agreement (collectively, a “Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement”).

b.       Purposely Left Blank.

c.       Purposely Left Blank.

d .       Exercise Price. The Board shall establish the exercise price (or determine the method by which the exercise price shall be

determined) at the time each Option is granted and will specify the exercise price in the applicable Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement.

e .       Duration of Options. Each Option shall be exercisable at such times and subject to such terms and conditions as the Board

may specify in the applicable Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement.

f.       Exercise of Option. Options may be exercised only by delivery to the Company of a written notice of exercise signed by the
proper person together with payment in full as specified in Section 4(g) and the Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement for the number of
shares for which the Option is exercised.

g

.       Payment  Upon  Exercise.  Common  Stock  purchased  upon  the  exercise  of  an  Option  shall  be  paid  for  by  one  or  any

combination of the following forms of payment as permitted by the Board in its sole and absolute discretion:

i. by check payable to the order of the Company;

ii.  only  if  the  Common  Stock  is  then  publicly  traded,  by  delivery  of  an  irrevocable  and  unconditional  undertaking  by  a
creditworthy  broker  to  deliver  promptly  to  the  Company  sufficient  funds  to  pay  the  exercise  price,  or  delivery  by  the  Participant  to  the
Company of a copy of irrevocable and unconditional instructions to a creditworthy broker to deliver promptly to the Company cash or a
check sufficient to pay the exercise price;

 2

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
iii.  to  the  extent  explicitly  provided  in  the  applicable  Nonqualified  Stock  Option  Agreement,  by  delivery  of  shares  of
Common  Stock  owned  by  the  Participant  valued  at  fair  market  value  (as  determined  by  the  Board  or  as  determined  pursuant  to  the
applicable Stock Option Agreement); or

iv. payment of such other lawful consideration as the Board may determine.

Except as otherwise expressly set forth in an Nonqualified Stock Option Award, the Board shall have no obligation to accept consideration
other than cash and in particular, unless the Board so expressly provides, in no event will the Company accept the delivery of shares of
Common Stock that have not been owned by the participant at least six months prior to the exercise. The fair market value of any shares of
the Company’s Common Stock or other non-cash consideration which may be delivered upon exercise of an Option shall be determined in
such manner as may be prescribed by the Board.

h .       Acceleration, Extension, Etc.  The  Board  may,  in  its  sole  discretion,  and  in  all  instances  subject  to  any  relevant  tax  and
accounting  considerations  which  may  adversely  impact  or  impair  the  Company,  (i)  accelerate  the  date  or  dates  on  which  all  or  any
particular Options or Awards granted under the Plan MAY be exercised, or (ii) extend the dates during which all or any particular Options
or Awards granted under the Plan may be exercised or vest.

i .       Determination of Fair Market Value . If, at the time an Option is granted under the Plan, the Company’s Common Stock is
publicly traded under the Exchange Act, “fair market value” shall mean (i) if the Common Stock is listed on any established stock exchange
or a national market system, including without limitation the Nasdaq National Market or The Nasdaq Small Cap Market of The Nasdaq
Stock Market, its fair market value shall be the last reported sales price for such stock (on that date) or the closing bid, if no sales were
reported as quoted on such exchange or system as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Board deems reliable; or
(ii)  the  average  of  the  closing  bid  and  asked  prices  last  quoted  (on  that  date)  by  an  established  quotation  service  for  over-the-counter
securities,  if  the  Common  Stock  is  not  reported  on  a  national  market  system.  In  the  absence  of  an  established  market  for  the  Common
Stock, the fair market value thereof shall be determined in good faith by the Board after taking into consideration all factors which it deems
appropriate.

5.       Purposely Left Blank.

6.       Purposely Left Blank.

7.       General Provisions Applicable to Awards.

a.       Transferability of Awards. Except as the Board may otherwise determine or provide in an Award, Awards shall not be sold,
assigned, transferred, pledged or otherwise encumbered by the person to whom they are granted, either voluntarily or by operation of law,
except by will or the laws of descent and distribution, and, during the life of the Participant, shall be exercisable only by the Participant;
provided, however, that Nonstatutory Options may be transferred pursuant to a qualified domestic relations order (as defined in Employee
Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended) or to a grantor-retained annuity trust or a similar estate-planning vehicle in which the
trust is bound by all provisions of the Option which are applicable to the optionee. References to a Participant, to the extent relevant in the
context, shall include references to authorized transferees.

b .       Documentation. Each Award under the Plan shall be evidenced by a written instrument in such form as the Board shall
determine or as executed by an officer of the Company pursuant to authority delegated by the Board. Each Award may contain terms and
conditions in addition to those set forth in the Plan, provided that such terms and conditions do not contravene the provisions of the Plan or
applicable law.

c
uniformly.

.       Board Discretion.  The  terms  of  each  type  of Award  need  not  be  identical,  and  the  Board  need  not  treat  Participants

 3

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
d .       Additional Award Provisions .  The  Board  may,  in  its  sole  discretion,  include  additional  provisions  in  any  Stock  Option
Agreement or other Award granted under the Plan, including without limitation restrictions on transfer, repurchase rights, commitments to
pay cash bonuses, to make, arrange for or guaranty loans or to transfer other property to Participants upon exercise of Awards, or transfer
other property to Participants upon exercise of Options, or such other provisions as shall be determined by the Board; provided that such
additional provisions shall not be inconsistent with any other term or condition of the Plan or applicable law.

e .       Termination of Status. The Board shall determine the effect on an Award of the disability (as defined in Code Section 22(e)
(3)),  death,  retirement,  authorized  leave  of  absence  or  other  change  in  the  employment  or  other  status  of  a  Participant  and  the  extent  to
which,  and  the  period  during  which,  the  Participant,  or  the  Participant’s  legal  representative,  conservator,  guardian  or  Designated
Beneficiary, may exercise rights under the Award, subject to applicable law and the provisions of the Code related to Nonqualified Stock
Options, if any.

f.       Acquisition of the Company.

i.  Unless  otherwise  expressly  provided  in  the  applicable  Nonqualified  Stock  Option  Agreement  or  Award,  upon  the
occurrence of an Acquisition (as defined below), the Board shall, in its sole discretion as to outstanding Awards (on the same basis or on
different bases, as the Board shall specify), take one or more of the following actions:

A.       make appropriate provision for the continuation of such Awards by the Company or the assumption of
such Awards by the surviving or acquiring entity and by substituting on an equitable basis for the shares then subject to such Awards either
(x)  the  consideration  payable  with  respect  to  the  outstanding  shares  of  Common  Stock  in  connection  with  the Acquisition,  (y)  shares  of
stock of the surviving or acquiring corporation or (z) such other securities as the Board deems appropriate, the fair market value of which
(as determined by the Board in its sole discretion) shall not materially differ from the fair market value of the shares of Common Stock
subject to such Awards immediately preceding the Acquisition;

B.       accelerate the date of exercise or vesting of such Awards or of any installment of any such Awards;

benefit plan of any successor corporation; or

C.              permit  the  exchange  of  all Awards  for  the  right  to  participate  in  any  stock  option  or  other  employee

Acquisition; provided that no such termination will be effective if the Acquisition is not consummated.

D.              provide  for  the  termination  of  any  such  Awards  immediately  prior  to  the  consummation  of  the

g .       Acquisition Defined. An  “Acquisition”  shall  mean:  (i)  any  merger,  business  combination,  consolidation  or  purchase  of
outstanding capital stock of the Company after which the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior thereto represent
(either  by  remaining  outstanding  or  by  being  converted  into  voting  securities  of  the  surviving  or  acquiring  entity)  less  than  50%  of  the
combined voting power of the voting securities of the Company or such surviving or acquiring entity outstanding immediately after such
event (other than as a result of a financing transaction); or any sale of all or substantially all of the capital stock or assets of the Company
(other than in a spin-off or similar transaction).

h .       Dissolution or Liquidation. In the event of the proposed dissolution or liquidation of the Company, the Board shall notify
each Participant as soon as practicable prior to the effective date of such proposed transaction. The Board in its sole discretion may provide
for a Participant to have the right to exercise his or her Award until fifteen (15) days prior to such transaction as to all of the Common Stock
covered by the Option or Award, including shares as to which the Option or Award would not otherwise be exercisable, which exercise
may  in  the  sole  discretion  of  the  Board,  be  made  subject  to  and  conditioned  upon  the  consummation  of  such  proposed  transaction.  In
addition,  the  Board  may  provide  that  any  Company  repurchase  option  applicable  to  any  Common  Stock  purchased  upon  exercise  of  an
Option or Award shall lapse as to all such Common Stock, provided the proposed dissolution and liquidation takes place at the time and in
the  manner  contemplated.  To  the  extent  it  has  not  been  previously  exercised,  an Award  will  terminate  upon  the  consummation  of  such
proposed action.

 4

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
i.       Assumption of Options Upon Certain Events. In connection with a merger or consolidation of an entity with the Company or
the acquisition by the Company of property or stock of an entity, the Board may grant Awards under the Plan in substitution for stock and
stock-based awards issued by such entity or an affiliate thereof. The substitute Awards shall be granted on such terms and conditions as the
Board considers appropriate in the circumstances.

j

.       Parachute  Payments  and  Parachute Awards .  Notwithstanding  the  provisions  of  Section  7(f),  if,  in  connection  with  an
Acquisition  described  therein,  a  tax  under  Section  4999  of  the  Code  would  be  imposed  on  the  Participant  (after  taking  into  account  the
exceptions  set  forth  in  Sections  280G(b)(4)  and  280G(b)(5)  of  the  Code),  then  the  number  of Awards  which  shall  become  exercisable,
realizable or vested as provided in such section shall be reduced (or delayed), to the minimum extent necessary, so that no such tax would
be imposed on the Participant (the Awards not becoming so accelerated, realizable or vested, the “Parachute Awards”); provided, however,
that if the “aggregate present value” of the Parachute Awards would exceed the tax that, but for this sentence, would be imposed on the
Participant  under  Section  4999  of  the  Code  in  connection  with  the Acquisition,  then  the Awards  shall  become  immediately  exercisable,
realizable  and  vested  without  regard  to  the  provisions  of  this  sentence.  For  purposes  of  the  preceding  sentence,  the  “aggregate  present
value” of an Award shall be calculated on an after-tax basis (other than taxes imposed by Section 4999 of the Code) and shall be based on
economic principles rather than the principles set forth under Section 280G of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder. All
determinations required to be made under this Section 7(j) shall be made by the Company.

k .       Amendment of Awards . The Board may amend, modify or terminate any outstanding Award including, but not limited to,
substituting  therefore  another Award  of  the  same  or  a  different  type  and  changing  the  date  of  exercise  or  realization,  provided  that  the
Participant’s consent to such action shall be required unless the Board determines that the action, taking into account any related action,
would not materially and adversely affect the Participant.

l.       Conditions on Delivery of Stock. The Company will not be obligated to deliver any shares of Common Stock pursuant to the
Plan  or  to  remove  restrictions  from  shares  previously  delivered  under  the  Plan  until  (i)  all  conditions  of  the Award  have  been  met  or
removed to the satisfaction of the Company, (ii) in the opinion of the Company’s counsel, all other legal matters in connection with the
issuance  and  delivery  of  such  shares  have  been  satisfied,  including  any  applicable  securities  laws  and  any  applicable  stock  exchange  or
stock market rules and regulations, and (iii) the Participant has executed and delivered to the Company such representations or agreements
as the Company may consider appropriate to satisfy the requirements of any applicable laws, rules or regulations.

m .       Acceleration. The Board may at any time provide that any Options shall become immediately exercisable in full or in part,
or  otherwise  realizable  in  full  or  in  part,  as  the  case  may  be,  despite  the  fact  that  the  foregoing  actions  may  cause  the  application  of
Sections 280G and 4999 of the Code if a change in control of the Company occurs.

8.       Withholding. The Company shall have the right to deduct from payments of any kind otherwise due to the optionee or recipient of an
Award any federal, state or local taxes of any kind required by law to be withheld with respect to any shares issued upon exercise of Options
under the Plan or the purchase of shares subject to the Award. Subject to the prior approval of the Company, which may be withheld by the
Company in its sole discretion, the optionee or recipient of an Award may elect to satisfy such obligation, in whole or in part, (a) by causing
the  Company  to  withhold  shares  of  Common  Stock  otherwise  issuable  pursuant  to  the  exercise  of  an  Option  or  the  purchase  of  shares
subject to an Award or (b) by delivering to the Company shares of Common Stock already owned by the optionee or Award recipient. The
shares  so  delivered  or  withheld  shall  have  a  fair  market  value  of  the  shares  used  to  satisfy  such  withholding  obligation  as  shall  be
determined by the Company as of the date that the amount of tax to be withheld is to be determined. An optionee or Award recipient who
has made an election pursuant to this Section may only satisfy his or her withholding obligation with shares of Common Stock which are
not subject to any repurchase, forfeiture, unfulfilled vesting or other similar requirements.

 5

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
9 .       No Exercise of Option if Engagement or Employment Terminated for Cause. If the employment or engagement of any Participant is
terminated “for Cause,” the Award may terminate, upon a determination of the Board, on the date of such termination and the Option shall
thereupon not be exercisable to any extent whatsoever. For purposes of this Section 9, “for Cause” shall be defined as follows: (i) if the
Participant  has  executed  an  employment  agreement,  the  definition  of  “cause”  contained  therein,  if  any,  shall  govern,  or  (ii)  conduct,  as
determined  by  the  Board  of  Directors,  involving  one  or  more  of  the  following:  (a)  gross  misconduct  or  inadequate  performance  by  the
Participant which is injurious to the Company; or (b) the commission of an act of embezzlement, fraud or theft, which results in economic
loss, damage or injury to the Company; or (c) the unauthorized disclosure of any trade secret or confidential information of the Company
(or  any  client,  customer,  supplier  or  other  third  party  who  has  a  business  relationship  with  the  Company)  or  the  violation  of  any
noncompetition  or  nonsolicitation  covenant  or  assignment  of  inventions  obligation  with  the  Company;  or  (d)  the  commission  of  an  act
which constitutes unfair competition with the Company or which induces any customer or prospective customer of the Company to break a
contract  with  the  Company  or  to  decline  to  do  business  with  the  Company;  or  (e)  the  indictment  of  the  Participant  for  a  felony  serious
misdemeanor  offense,  either  in  connection  with  the  performance  of  his  obligations  to  the  Company  or  which  shall  adversely  affect  the
Participant’s ability to perform such obligations; or (f) the commission of an act of fraud or breach of fiduciary duty which results in loss,
damage or injury to the Company; or (g) the failure of the Participant to perform in a material respect his or her employment obligations
without proper cause. In making such determination, the Board shall act fairly and in utmost good faith. The Board may in its discretion
waive or modify the provisions of this Section at a meeting of the Board with respect to any individual Participant with regard to the facts
and circumstances of any particular situation involving a determination under this Section.

10.       Miscellaneous.

a.       Definitions.

i.  “Company,”  for  purposes  of  eligibility  under  the  Plan,  shall  include  any  present  or  future  subsidiary  corporations  of
Pressure  BioSciences,  Inc.,  as  defined  in  Section  424(f)  of  the  Code  (a  “Subsidiary”),  and  any  present  or  future  parent  corporation  of
Pressure  BioSciences,  Inc.,  as  defined  in  Section  424(e)  of  the  Code.  The  term  “Company”  shall  include  any  other  business  venture  in
which the Company has a direct or indirect significant interest, as determined by the Board in its sole discretion.

ii. “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and any regulations promulgated thereunder.

iii. “Employee” for purposes of eligibility under the Plan shall include a person to whom an offer of employment has been

extended by the Company.

iv.  “Option  Exchange  Program”  means  a  program  whereby  outstanding  options  are  exchanged  for  options  with  a  lower

exercise price.

b .       No Right to Employment or Other Status. No person shall have any claim or right to be granted an Award, and the grant of
an Award shall not be construed as giving a Participant the right to continued employment or any other relationship with the Company. The
Company expressly reserves the right at any time to dismiss or otherwise terminate its relationship with a Participant free from any liability
or claim under the Plan.

c.       No Rights as Stockholder. Subject to the provisions of the applicable Award, no Participant or Designated Beneficiary shall
have any rights as a stockholder with respect to any shares of Common Stock to be distributed with respect to an Award until becoming the
record holder thereof.

d .       Effective Date and Term of Plan.  The  Plan  shall  become  effective  on  the  date  on  which  it  is  adopted  by  the  Board.  No
Awards shall be granted under the Plan after the completion of ten years from the date on which the Plan was adopted by the Board, but
Awards previously granted may extend beyond that date.

e.       Amendment of Plan. The Board may amend, suspend or terminate the Plan or any portion thereof at any time.

f

.       Governing Law.  The  provisions  of  the  Plan  and  all Awards  made  hereunder  shall  be  governed  by  and  interpreted  in
accordance  with  the  laws  of  the  state  of  incorporation  of  the  Company  (The  Commonwealth  of  Massachusetts),  without  regard  to  any
applicable conflicts of law.

Approvals:
Adopted by the Board of Directors on: November 29 2015

 6

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
EXHIBIT 21.1

Pressure BioSciences, Inc. - Subsidiaries

PBI BioSeq, Inc. (U.S.A.)
Pressure BioSciences Europe (Poland)

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statements on Form S-8 (File Nos. 333-30320, 333-24749, 333-128594,
333-155405  and  333-203609)  and  Form  S-3  (File  No.  333-148227)  of  our  report  dated  March  22,  2017,  with  respect  to  the  audited
consolidated financial statements of Pressure BioSciences, Inc., which is included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K as of and for the
year  ended  December  31,  2016.  Our  report  contains  an  explanatory  paragraph  regarding  the  Company’s  ability  to  continue  as  a  going
concern.

EXHIBIT 23.1

/s/ Malone Bailey LLP
www.malonebailey.com
Houston, Texas
March 22, 2017

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

EXHIBIT 31.1

I, Richard T. Schumacher, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this report on Form 10-K of Pressure BioSciences, Inc.;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to
make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period
covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material
respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4.  The  registrant’s  other  certifying  officer  and  I  are  responsible  for  establishing  and  maintaining  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  (as
defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rule 13a-
15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

a)  Designed  such  disclosure  controls  and  procedures,  or  caused  such  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  to  be  designed  under  our
supervision,  to  ensure  that  material  information  relating  to  the  registrant,  including  its  consolidated  subsidiary,  is  made  known  to  us  by
others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our
supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for
external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the
effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most
recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely
to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5.  The  registrant’s  other  certifying  officer  and  I  have  disclosed,  based  on  our  most  recent  evaluation  of  internal  control  over  financial
reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent
functions):

a) All  significant  deficiencies  and  material  weaknesses  in  the  design  or  operation  of  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  which  are
reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial data; and

b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal
control over financial reporting.

Date: March 22, 2017

/s/ Richard T. Schumacher

By:
Name: Richard T. Schumacher
Title: President and Chief Executive Officer

(Principal Executive Officer and Principal Financial Officer)

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Certification
Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
(Subsections (a) and (b) of Section 1350, Chapter 63 of Title 18, United States Code)

EXHIBIT 32.1

In connection with the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Pressure BioSciences, Inc., a Massachusetts corporation (the “Company”) for
the period ended December 31, 2016 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), Richard T.
Schumacher,  President  and  Chief  Executive  Officer,  of  Pressure  BioSciences,  Inc.,  a  Massachusetts  corporation  (the  “Company”),  do
hereby certify, pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (subsections (a) and (b) of Section 1350, Chapter 63 of Title 18,
United States Code) that:

(1) The Report of the Company fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934;

and

(2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of

the Company.

Dated: March 22, 2017

/s/ Richard T. Schumacher
Richard T. Schumacher
President and Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer and Principal Financial Officer)

A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 has been provided to Pressure BioSciences, Inc., and will be retained by
Pressure BioSciences, Inc. and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.